Deprecated: The each() function is deprecated. This message will be suppressed on further calls in /home/zhenxiangba/zhenxiangba.com/public_html/phproxy-improved-master/index.php on line 456
JP4241564B2 - Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program - Google Patents
[go: Go Back, main page]

JP4241564B2 - Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program - Google Patents

Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP4241564B2
JP4241564B2 JP2004284840A JP2004284840A JP4241564B2 JP 4241564 B2 JP4241564 B2 JP 4241564B2 JP 2004284840 A JP2004284840 A JP 2004284840A JP 2004284840 A JP2004284840 A JP 2004284840A JP 4241564 B2 JP4241564 B2 JP 4241564B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
deformation
line
boundary
design data
deformed
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
JP2004284840A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2006099439A (en
Inventor
盛夫 大場
浩二 江口
一之 藤原
隆司 永田
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toyota Motor Corp
Original Assignee
Toyota Motor Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toyota Motor Corp filed Critical Toyota Motor Corp
Priority to JP2004284840A priority Critical patent/JP4241564B2/en
Publication of JP2006099439A publication Critical patent/JP2006099439A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP4241564B2 publication Critical patent/JP4241564B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Processing Or Creating Images (AREA)

Description

本発明は、設計データ生成システム、設計データ生成方法、設計データ生成プログラム、特に既に設計された物品形状に対して形状変形処理を施すことによる新たな物品形状の設計データ生成に関する。   The present invention relates to a design data generation system, a design data generation method, a design data generation program, and more particularly to generation of design data for a new article shape by performing shape deformation processing on an already designed article shape.

物品形状の新規設計を、既存の物品形状の設計データを基にした変形により行う方法がある。例えば、特許文献1に、過去に設計された部品の断面形状を基に押し出し、掃引、回転、切断等の基本モデリング操作により新たな物品形状を設計する方法が開示されている。この設計方法によれば、一から新規に設計を行う方法と比べ、設計するために掛かる期間、工程、費用などを削減することができる。   There is a method of performing a new design of an article shape by deformation based on design data of an existing article shape. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a method of designing a new article shape by basic modeling operations such as extrusion, sweeping, rotation, and cutting based on the cross-sectional shape of a part designed in the past. According to this design method, it is possible to reduce the period, process, cost and the like required for designing, compared with a method of designing from scratch.

特開平11−45352号公報JP-A-11-45352

例えば、実績のある既存の物品形状に対して、面ごとに変形を行い、新たな物品形状を設計する場合がある。このような場合、ある面を所望の形に変形させると、その変形面とその変形面に隣接していた隣接面との間に隙間が生じたり、交差が生じてしまうことがある。物品の設計形状において、面と面との隙間や交差は不適切な形状であり、これらの不適切な形状を解消するために、設計者は面と面との隙間や交差を1つ1つ解消する修正をCAD操作により行っていた。このような修正のための作業は、設計対象物品の形状が複雑になればなるほど、多大な労力が掛かり、設計期間の短縮、設計コスト削減の障害となっていた。   For example, there is a case where a new article shape is designed by deforming an existing article shape having a track record for each surface. In such a case, if a certain surface is deformed into a desired shape, a gap or an intersection may be formed between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface. In the design shape of an article, gaps and intersections between surfaces are inappropriate shapes, and in order to eliminate these inappropriate shapes, designers must identify gaps and intersections between surfaces one by one. The correction to be solved was performed by CAD operation. The work for such correction requires more labor as the shape of the design object becomes more complicated, and has become an obstacle to shortening the design period and reducing the design cost.

そこで本発明は、既に設計された物品形状の設計データを活用し、設計者の指示によって変形させた形状に対して自動的に修正を行うことができる設計データ生成システム、設計データ生成方法、および設計データ生成プログラムを提供する。   Therefore, the present invention utilizes a design data of an already designed article shape, and a design data generation system, a design data generation method, and a design data generation method capable of automatically correcting a shape deformed by a designer's instruction, and A design data generation program is provided.

参考例の設計データ生成システムは、物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであって、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、を備え、前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、前記演算部は、(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段と、(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、(3)前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出手段と、(4)前記隣接面の前記境界節点と、この境界節点に対応する前記変形面上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面を生成する接続面生成手段と、を有し、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 The design data generation system of the reference example is a design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on the design data of the shape of the article, and inputs the design data that defines the shape of the article. A design data acquisition unit to be acquired according to the input, a deformation instruction acquisition unit to acquire a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data in response to an input, and the response to the acquired deformation instruction. A calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data, wherein the deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface specification that specifies a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction, and the calculation unit includes: (1) boundary node providing means for providing boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on a boundary line between the deformed surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface; and (2) the deformed surface in front Deformation means for deforming in response to a deformation instruction; (3) a boundary node corresponding point deriving means on the deformation surface for respectively obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformed surface after the deformation; (4) connection surface generating means for generating a connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the boundary node of the adjacent surface and the boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node; And the design data of the new shape comprised including the said deformation | transformation surface and the said connection surface after the said deformation | transformation are produced | generated.

また、本発明の1つの態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、を備え、前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、前記演算部は、(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段と、(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、(3)前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出手段と、(4)前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出手段と、(5)前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定手段と、(6)前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出手段と、(7)前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成手段と、を有し、前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition unit that acquires design data that defines an article shape according to an input instruction, and a deformation of a surface that constitutes the article shape based on the acquired design data A deformation instruction acquisition unit that acquires an instruction according to an input; and an arithmetic unit that performs a deformation process on the design data according to the acquired deformation instruction, wherein the deformation instruction acquisition unit specifies a deformation surface. A surface designation and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface are acquired as a deformation instruction, and the calculation unit (1) includes boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. (2) Deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction; (3) On the deformation surface boundary corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation Node corresponding points (4) intersection line deriving means for obtaining a line of intersection between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after deformation, (5) ) A boundary ridge line that extends a boundary connection ridge line that connects to the boundary line of the adjacent surface to the intersection line, the boundary line, and the intersection line to change the adjacent surface extension surface from the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface Demarcating adjacent surface extension surface delimiting means; and (6) an intersection boundary node corresponding point deriving unit for obtaining on-intersection boundary node corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface, respectively. (7) deformation surface connection surface generation means for generating a deformation surface connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the deformation surface boundary node corresponding points and the intersection line boundary node corresponding points, Adjacent surface, the adjacent surface extension surface, after the deformation It said deformable surface, and generates the design data of the new shape constituted including said deformable surface connecting surface.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、を備え、前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、前記演算部は、(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段と、(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、(3)前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出手段と、(4)前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出手段と、(5)前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定手段と、(6)前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出手段と、(7)前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成手段と、を有し、前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。   According to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition unit that acquires design data defining an article shape in response to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data A deformation instruction acquisition unit that acquires a deformation surface in response to an input, and a calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction, wherein the deformation instruction acquisition unit specifies a deformation surface. The calculation unit acquires a designation and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction, and the calculation unit (1) sets boundary nodes at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. Boundary node providing means to be applied, (2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface in accordance with the deformation instruction, and (3) a boundary node on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation. Corresponding point it (4) an intersection line deriving unit for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation; The boundary connecting ridge line connected to the boundary line of the deformed deformed surface extends to the intersecting line, the boundary ridge line extending line, the boundary line, and the intersecting line to extend the deformed surface from the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface. A deformed surface extension surface defining means for defining a surface; (6) an intersection boundary node corresponding point deriving means for obtaining an intersection boundary node corresponding point on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary node on the intersection line; and (7) the boundary An adjacent surface connection surface generating means for generating an adjacent surface connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the nodes and the intersection boundary boundary node corresponding points, respectively, the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after the deformation, The deformed surface extension surface and the adjacent surface connection Generating a design data of a new shape composed include.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、を備え、前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、前記演算部は、(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与手段と、(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、(3)前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去手段と、(4)前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合手段と、(5)前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成手段と、を有し、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与手段は、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、前記隣接面稜線整合手段は、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition unit that acquires design data defining an article shape in response to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data A deformation instruction acquisition unit that acquires a deformation surface in response to an input, and a calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction, wherein the deformation instruction acquisition unit specifies a deformation surface. The designation and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface are acquired as a deformation instruction, and the calculation unit (1) gives boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. Boundary line identification information providing means, (2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction, and (3) the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the adjacent surface is This intersection and its extension When the line is divided into an adjacent surface protrusion area including the boundary line and an adjacent surface maintaining area not including the boundary line, the adjacent surface protrusion that erases the adjacent surface protrusion area based on the boundary line identification information An area erasing unit; and (4) an adjacent surface ridge line aligning unit that corrects the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to align with the end point of the intersection line. An alignment connection adjacent surface generating means for generating an alignment connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the adjacent surface maintaining region, and the deformation after the deformation A design data having a new shape including a surface and the matching connection adjacent surface, and the boundary line identification information adding unit adds boundary line end point identification information to an end point of the boundary line, and the adjacent surface Edge alignment The stage associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and connects the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point to the boundary line end point. Align the edge of the surface .

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、を備え、前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、前記演算部は、(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与手段と、(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、(3)前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出手段と、(4)前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去手段と、(5)前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合手段と、(6)前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成手段と、を有し、前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与手段は、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、前記変形面稜線整合手段は、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition unit that acquires design data defining an article shape in response to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data A deformation instruction acquisition unit that acquires a deformation surface in response to an input, and a calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction, wherein the deformation instruction acquisition unit specifies a deformation surface. The designation and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface are acquired as a deformation instruction, and the calculation unit (1) gives boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. Boundary line identification information providing means, (2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction, and (3) a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line on the deformation surface after the deformation, Boundary line Ridge line deriving means corresponding to a boundary line obtained based on information; and (4) the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the deformed deformed surface is defined by the intersecting line and its extension line. A deformation surface protrusion area that erases the deformation surface protrusion area based on the boundary line identification information when divided into a deformation surface protrusion area that includes a corresponding ridge line and a deformation surface maintenance area that does not include the boundary line corresponding ridge line. Erasing means, (5) deformed surface ridge line aligning means for correcting the ridge line of the deformed surface maintaining area connected to the intersecting line and its extension line so as to align with an end point of the intersecting line, and (6) the above An alignment connection deformation surface generating means for generating an alignment connection deformation surface defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the deformation surface maintaining area, the adjacent surface and the alignment connection; Includes deformation surface Generates the design data of a new shape to be, the boundary line identification information addition means imparts a border node identification information to the terminal point of the boundary line, the deformable surface ridge aligning means, the boundary line node identification Based on the information, the boundary line end point is made to correspond to the intersection line end point, and the deformation surface ridge line connected to the boundary line end point is aligned with the intersection line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point .

また、参考例の設計データ生成方法は、物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成方法であって、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与ステップと、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、前記隣接面の前記境界節点と、この境界節点に対応する前記変形面上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面を生成する接続面生成ステップと、を含み、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 In addition, the design data generation method of the reference example is a design data generation method for generating design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on the design data of the shape of the article, and the design data for defining the shape of the article is A design data acquisition step acquired according to an input instruction, a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface as a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data, a deformation instruction for the deformation surface, A deformation instruction acquisition step for acquiring a boundary node at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface; and A deformation step for deforming according to a deformation instruction, and a deformation for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation A connection surface that generates a connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the boundary node corresponding point of the upper boundary node, the boundary node of the adjacent surface, and the deformed surface upper boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node Generating a design data of a new shape including the deformed surface after the deformation and the connection surface.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定ステップと、前記演算部が、前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成ステップと、を含み、前記演算部が、前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 According to another aspect of the present invention, the design data acquisition unit acquires the design data defining the article shape according to the input instruction, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires the design data A deformation instruction acquisition step for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the input, and a calculation unit, A boundary node providing step for providing boundary nodes at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between a deformed surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface, and a deforming step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformed surface according to the deformation instruction. When the calculation unit, on the deformation surface after the deformation, and the deformation plane on the boundary node corresponding point deriving step of obtaining a modified surface on a boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary nodes, respectively, the operation But a boundary connecting said and infinite extension surface of the adjacent surfaces, the intersection line derivation step of finding the intersection of the infinite extension surface deforming surface after the deformation, the arithmetic unit is connected to the boundary line of said adjacent surface edge lines is not the boundary edge extension extending to said line of intersection, the boundary line, and by the line of intersection, said the abutment surface extending surface defining step of defining the abutment surface extending surface from an infinite extension plane of the adjacent surface, the arithmetic unit A step of deriving corresponding points on the intersection line boundary node corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface, and the computing unit includes the boundary on the deformation surface A deformed surface connecting surface generating step for generating a deformed surface connecting surface defined by a series of lines connecting the node corresponding points and the intersection boundary boundary corresponding points, respectively, and the computing unit includes the adjacent surface and the adjacent surface Extended surface, front The deformed surface after deformation, and generates the design data of the new shape constituted including said deformable surface connecting surface.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定ステップと、前記演算部が、前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成ステップと、を含み、前記演算部が、前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 According to another aspect of the present invention, the design data acquisition unit acquires the design data defining the article shape according to the input instruction, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires the design data A deformation instruction acquisition step for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the input, and a calculation unit, A boundary node providing step for providing boundary nodes at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between a deformed surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface, and a deforming step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformed surface according to the deformation instruction. When the calculation unit, on the deformation surface after the deformation, and the deformation plane on the boundary node corresponding point deriving step of obtaining a modified surface on a boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary nodes, respectively, the operation But the infinite extension plane of the abutment surface, and the intersection line derivation step of finding the intersection of the infinite extension surface deforming surface after the deformation, the arithmetic unit is connected to the boundary line of the deformation surface after the deformation A boundary surface ridge line extending the boundary connection ridge line to the intersecting line, the boundary line, and a deformed surface extension surface defining step for defining a deformed surface extension surface from an infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface by the intersecting line; The computation unit is a step of deriving intersection boundary point corresponding points on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line, and the computation unit is corresponding points on the boundary nodes and the boundary nodes on the intersection line. And an adjacent surface connecting surface generation step for generating adjacent surface connecting surfaces defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the two, and the calculation unit includes the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after the deformation, and the deformed surface extension. Surface, and said Generating a design data of a new shape composed include contact surface connection surface.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去ステップと、前記演算部が、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合ステップと、前記演算部が、前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成ステップと、を含み、前記演算部が、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、前記隣接面稜線整合ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, the design data acquisition unit acquires the design data defining the article shape according to the input instruction, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires the design data A deformation instruction acquisition step for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the input, and a calculation unit, A boundary line identification information adding step for adding boundary line identification information to a boundary line between a deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface, and a deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction. When the calculation unit, the deformed surface after deformation and said adjacent surfaces intersect, it said adjacent surface, the abutment surface protrudes region including the boundary line by the line of intersection and its extension, the boundary When divided into an adjacent surface maintaining region free, based on the boundary line identification information, and the adjacent surface protrudes region erasing step of erasing said abutment surface protrudes region, the calculation unit, the intersection line and its extension connects to a line, adjacent the edge line of the abutment surface maintaining region and the adjacent surface edge line matching step of correcting to match the end points of the line of intersection, the arithmetic unit, of the adjacent surfaces maintaining region, described above correction A matching connection adjacent surface generation step for generating a matching connection adjacent surface defined by a surface ridge line and the intersection line, and the calculation unit includes the deformed surface after the deformation and the matching connection adjacent surface. generates the design data of the new shape composed comprises, in the boundary line identification information addition step, the arithmetic unit further grants border node identification information to the terminal point of the boundary line, before In the adjacent surface ridge line matching step, the calculation unit associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and the boundary line end point corresponds to the boundary line end point. The adjacent surface ridgeline connected to the line end point is aligned .

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去ステップと、前記演算部が、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合ステップと、前記演算部が、前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成ステップと、を含み、前記演算部が、前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、前記変形面稜線整合ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, the design data acquisition unit acquires the design data defining the article shape according to the input instruction, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires the design data A deformation instruction acquisition step for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the input, and a calculation unit, A boundary line identification information adding step for adding boundary line identification information to a boundary line between a deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface, and a deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction. When the calculation unit, a boundary line corresponding ridge which corresponds to the boundary line in the modified surface after the deformation, and border corresponding ridge derivation step of finding on the basis of the boundary line identification information, the Calculation unit, the deformed surface after deformation and said adjacent surfaces intersect, deformable surface after the deformation, and the intersection line and the modified surface projecting region including the boundary line corresponding ridge by its extension, the boundary When dividing into a deformed surface maintaining area that does not include a line-corresponding ridge line, based on the boundary line identification information, a deformed surface protrusion area erasing step for erasing the deformed surface protrusion area, and the calculation unit includes the intersection line and connected to the extension line, the ridge line of the deformed surface maintenance area, and modification surface ridge matching step of correcting to match the end points of the line of intersection, the arithmetic unit, of the deformable surface maintaining region, wherein An alignment connection deformation surface generation step for generating an alignment connection deformation surface defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersecting line, and the calculation unit includes the adjacent surface and the alignment connection deformation surface Constitution Generates the design data of the new shape, in the boundary line identification information addition step, the arithmetic unit further grants border node identification information to the terminal point of the boundary line, in the deformed surface ridge matching step, The arithmetic unit associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and connects the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point to the boundary line end point The deformation surface ridge line is aligned .

また、参考例の設計データ生成プログラムは、物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによる新たな形状の設計データの生成をコンピュータに実行させるための設計データ生成プログラムであって、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与処理と、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出処理と、前記隣接面の前記境界節点と、この境界節点に対応する前記変形面上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面を生成する接続面生成処理と、をコンピュータに実行させ、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。 The design data generation program of the reference example is a design data generation program for causing a computer to generate design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on the design data of the shape of the article. Design data acquisition processing for acquiring design data that defines the shape according to an input instruction, a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface as a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data, and this deformation A deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring a deformation instruction for a surface in response to an input; and a boundary node providing process for providing boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface; , A deformation process for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction, and a boundary node on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation Boundary node corresponding point derivation processing on the deformation surface, and a connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the boundary node of the adjacent surface and the boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node, respectively And generating a design data of a new shape including the deformed surface after the deformation and the connection surface.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与処理と、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出処理と、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出処理と、前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定処理と、前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出処理と、前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成処理と、をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。   According to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition process for acquiring design data defining an article shape according to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data As a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface, a deformation instruction for the deformation surface, a deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring the deformation surface according to input, and a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. Boundary node providing processing for adding boundary nodes at predetermined intervals, deformation processing for deforming the deformation surface in accordance with the deformation instruction, and a boundary on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation Boundary node corresponding point derivation process on the deformation surface for obtaining each node corresponding point, an intersection line derivation process for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation, and the adjacent Said of the surface Boundary ridge line extending from the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface by the boundary ridge line extending from the boundary connecting ridge line connected to the field line to the intersecting line, the boundary line, and the intersecting line Processing, a boundary node corresponding point on intersection line derivation process for obtaining a corresponding boundary node on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary node on the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface, and a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface, A deformed surface connecting surface generating process for generating a deformed surface connecting surface defined by a series of lines connecting the boundary node corresponding points on the intersection line, and causing the computer to execute the adjacent surface, the adjacent surface extension surface, and the deformation Design data having a new shape including the later deformed surface and the deformed surface connecting surface is generated.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与処理と、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、 記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出処理と、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出処理と、前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定処理と、前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出処理と、前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成処理と、をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成する。   According to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition process for acquiring design data defining an article shape according to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data As a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface, a deformation instruction for the deformation surface, a deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring the deformation surface according to input, and a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. A boundary node providing process for adding boundary nodes at predetermined intervals; a deformation process for deforming the deformation surface in accordance with the deformation instruction; and a boundary on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation Boundary node corresponding point derivation processing on the deformation surface for obtaining each node corresponding point, intersection line derivation processing for obtaining an intersection line between the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface and the infinite extension surface of the deformation surface after the deformation, and the deformation Later deformation A boundary ridge line extending a boundary connection ridge line connected to the boundary line to the intersection line, the boundary line, and a deformation surface that defines a deformation surface extension surface from an infinite extension surface of the deformation surface by the boundary line An extended surface demarcation process, an intersection boundary node corresponding point derivation process for obtaining an intersection boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node on the intersection line, and the boundary node and the boundary boundary corresponding point on the intersection line are respectively connected. An adjacent surface connecting surface generating process for generating an adjacent surface connecting surface defined by a series of lines, and causing the computer to execute the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after the deformation, the deformed surface extension surface, and the adjacent surface A design data having a new shape including the connection surface is generated.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与処理と、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去処理と、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合処理と、前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成処理と、をコンピュータに実行させ、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与処理において、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、前記隣接面稜線整合処理において、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition process for acquiring design data defining an article shape according to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data As a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface, a deformation instruction for the deformation surface, a deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring the deformation surface according to input, and a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. A boundary line identification information providing process for providing boundary line identification information, a deformation process for deforming the deformed surface according to the deformation instruction, the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the adjacent surface When the intersection line and the extension line are divided into an adjacent surface protrusion area including the boundary line and an adjacent surface maintaining area not including the boundary line, the adjacent surface protrusion is performed based on the boundary line identification information. An adjacent surface protruding region erasing process for erasing the region, and an adjacent surface ridge line aligning process for correcting the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining area connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to be aligned with the end point of the intersection line; , Causing the computer to execute an alignment connection adjacent surface generation process for generating an alignment connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the adjacent surface maintenance region, and after the deformation Generating design data having a new shape including the deformed surface and the matching connection adjacent surface, and further adding boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line in the boundary line identification information adding process. In the adjacent surface ridge line matching process, the boundary line end point is associated with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and the boundary line end point is associated with the boundary line end point. Aligning said adjacent surface ridge that was connected to the boundary line end point.

また、本発明の他の態様によれば、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与処理と、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出処理と、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去処理と、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合処理と、前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成処理と、をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、前記境界線識別情報付与処理において、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、前記変形面稜線整合処理において、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させるAccording to another aspect of the present invention, a design data acquisition process for acquiring design data defining an article shape according to an input instruction, and a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data As a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface, a deformation instruction for the deformation surface, a deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring the deformation surface according to input, and a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface. Boundary line identification information providing processing for providing boundary line identification information, deformation processing for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction, and a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line in the deformed surface after the deformation, The boundary line corresponding ridge line derivation process obtained based on the boundary line identification information, the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the deformed deformation surface is defined by the intersection line and its extension line. A deformation surface protrusion that erases the deformation surface protrusion area based on the boundary line identification information when divided into a deformation surface protrusion area that includes a line-corresponding ridge line and a deformation surface maintenance area that does not include the boundary line-corresponding ridge line A region erasing process, a deformed surface ridge line alignment process for correcting the ridge line of the deformed surface maintaining area connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to align with an end point of the intersecting line; and Among them, the computer is caused to execute an alignment connection deformation surface generation process for generating an alignment connection deformation surface defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersection line, and the adjacent surface and the alignment connection deformation surface are obtained. It generates the design data of the new shape composed comprises, in the boundary line identification information addition process, further applying a border node identification information to the terminal point of the boundary line, the deformable surface ridge In the matching process, based on the boundary line end point identification information, the boundary line end point is associated with the intersection line end point, and the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point is connected to the boundary line end point. Align deformed surface ridge lines .

本発明によれば、新規物品の形状設計を既存の物品の形状設計データを雛形とする変形処理により効率的に行うことができる。   According to the present invention, the shape design of a new article can be efficiently performed by a deformation process using the shape design data of an existing article as a model.

以下、本発明を実施するための最良の形態(以下、実施形態という)について、図面に基づいて説明する。   Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter referred to as an embodiment) will be described with reference to the drawings.

[第1の実施形態]
図1は、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1の構成を示すブロック図である。この設計データ生成システム1は、実績のある既存の物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであり、既に設計された物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部3と、この取得した設計データに基づく物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部4と、この取得した変形指示に応じて設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部2と、設計データが示す物品形状、変形指示情報、変形後の新たな物品形状等を表示する表示部5とを備えて構成されている。
[First Embodiment]
FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The design data generation system 1 is a design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an existing shape of an existing product. A design data acquisition unit 3 that acquires design data to be defined according to an input instruction, a deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 that acquires a deformation instruction for a surface constituting an article shape based on the acquired design data, according to an input; The calculation unit 2 is configured to perform a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction, and the display unit 5 displays the article shape, the deformation instruction information, the new article shape after the deformation indicated by the design data. ing.

設計データ取得部3は、実績のある既存の設計データが登録されたデータベースとデータ通信回線により接続されたデータ受信装置、ならびに既存の設計データが登録された情報記憶媒体から設計データを読み出すデータ読み取り装置等で構成される。第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1は、この設計データ取得部3により取得された設計データを、変形処理対象とする基準形状を表現する設計データとして用いる。また、この設計データ取得部3は、複数の設計データの中から設計者の指定等により、設計データを選定するための設計データ選定手段を含むことが好ましい。   The design data acquisition unit 3 is a data receiving device connected by a data communication line to a database in which existing proven design data is registered, and data reading for reading design data from an information storage medium in which existing design data is registered It consists of devices. The design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment uses the design data acquired by the design data acquisition unit 3 as design data that expresses a reference shape to be deformed. The design data acquisition unit 3 preferably includes design data selection means for selecting design data from a plurality of design data according to the designation of the designer.

変形指示取得部4は、設計データ生成システム1を用いて新たな物品形状の設計を行う設計者から設計を行うために必要な情報を取得する。第1の実施形態において設計者等から取得する情報の1つである変形指示は、取得した設計データに基づく物品形状を構成する面の中から、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、である。また、表示部5は、設計者に対して部品の設計において参照すべき情報を表示する。   The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires information necessary for designing from a designer who designs a new article shape using the design data generation system 1. In the first embodiment, the deformation instruction, which is one of the information acquired from the designer or the like, includes a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface from the surfaces constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data, and this deformation. And a deformation instruction for the surface. In addition, the display unit 5 displays information to be referred to in designing a part to the designer.

演算部2は、設計データ取得部3が取得した既存の物品形状の設計データを利用し、変形指示取得部4が取得したこの設計データに基づく形状に対する設計者からの変形指示に基づき、あるいは自動処理により、その設計データに対する変形処理を行い、新たな物品形状の設計データの生成を行う。   The calculation unit 2 uses the design data of the existing article shape acquired by the design data acquisition unit 3, and based on a deformation instruction from the designer for the shape based on the design data acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4, or automatically. By the process, the design data is deformed, and design data for a new article shape is generated.

この演算部2は、設計者等から変形指示取得部4を介して取得した変形指示が、物品形状を構成する面と面との隙間や交差等を生じさせ、形状設計データとして修正を必要とするものであった場合、これらの不適切な形状を解消するために、変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段21と、変形面を変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段22と、変形後の変形面上等に境界節点に対応する境界節点対応点を求める境界節点対応点導出手段23と、境界節点等とこの境界節点に対応する境界節点対応点等とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面を生成する接続面生成手段24と、を有する。   The calculation unit 2 requires modification as shape design data because the deformation instruction acquired from the designer or the like via the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 causes a gap or intersection between the surfaces constituting the article shape. In order to eliminate these inappropriate shapes, boundary node providing means 21 for providing boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on the boundary line between the deformation surface and the adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface; Deformation means 22 for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction, boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after deformation, boundary node etc. and the boundary Connection surface generating means 24 for generating a connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting boundary node corresponding points corresponding to the nodes.

さらに、演算部2は、隣接面の無限延長面と、変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出手段25と、隣接面の境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を、交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、境界線、および前記交線によって、隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定、もしくは、変形後の変形面の境界線対応稜線に接続する境界接続稜線を、交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、境界線、および交線によって、変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する延長面画定手段26と、を有する。   Further, the calculation unit 2 includes an intersection line deriving unit 25 for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface, and a boundary connection ridgeline connected to the boundary line of the adjacent surface, Boundary ridge line extended to the intersection line, boundary line, and boundary line demarcating the adjacent surface extension surface from the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface, or connecting to the boundary line corresponding ridge line of the deformed surface after deformation A boundary ridge line extending to the intersection line, a boundary line, and an extension surface defining means for defining the deformation surface extension surface from the infinite extension surface of the deformation surface by the connection line.

さらに、演算部2は、変形面と隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与手段27と、変形後の変形面における境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出手段28と、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差し、隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去、および、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差し、変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、境界線識別情報に基づいて、変形面突き出し領域を消去する突き出し領域消去手段29と、交線およびその延長線に接続する、隣接面維持領域の稜線を、交線の端点に整合するように矯正、および、交線及びその稜線に接続する、変形面維持領域の稜線を、交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる稜線整合手段30と、隣接面維持領域のうち、矯正した隣接面稜線と、交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面、変形面維持領域のうち、矯正した変形面稜線と、交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続面生成手段31と、を有する。   Further, the calculation unit 2 includes a boundary line identification information providing unit 27 that provides boundary line identification information to the boundary line between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface, and a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line on the deformed surface after deformation, The boundary line corresponding ridge line deriving means 28 obtained based on the boundary line identification information, the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the adjacent surface protrudes into the adjacent surface including the boundary line by this intersection line and its extension line And the adjacent surface maintaining region that does not include the boundary line, the adjacent surface protrusion region is deleted based on the boundary line identification information, and the deformed surface after deformation and the adjacent surface intersect to deform. When the later deformed surface is divided into a deformed surface protruding region including the boundary line-corresponding ridge line and a deformed surface maintaining region not including the boundary line-corresponding ridge line by this intersection line and its extension line, based on the boundary line identification information The deformation surface protrusion area The protruding area erasing means 29 to leave, the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining area connected to the intersection line and its extension line is corrected so as to be aligned with the end point of the intersection line, and the deformation is connected to the intersection line and its ridge line. The ridge line alignment means 30 for correcting the ridge line of the surface maintenance area so as to align with the end point of the intersection line, and the alignment connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersection line in the adjacent surface maintenance area In the deformed surface maintaining region, there is provided a matching connection surface generating means 31 for generating a matching connection deformed surface defined by the corrected deformed surface ridge line and the intersection line.

図2は、図1に示した設計データ生成システム1に用いられるハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図1に示した設計データ生成システム1における演算部2における設計データの演算、設計データ取得部3における設計データデータベース等から設計データの読み出し、変形指示取得部4における設計者等から入力された変形指示の取得、表示部5への表示の指示などのソフトウェア的処理機能および、本設計データ生成システム1によって行われる部品形状の設計方法における各ステップに対応する処理は、部品形状の設計をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラムによって実現される。これらのソフトウェア的処理機能は、例えば、図2に示すハードウェア構成において物品形状の設計データ生成プログラムを実行することにより、CPU10によって行われる。   FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration used in the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG. Calculation of design data in the calculation unit 2 in the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG. 1, reading of design data from a design data database or the like in the design data acquisition unit 3, deformation input by a designer or the like in the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 Software processing functions such as instruction acquisition, display instruction on the display unit 5, and processing corresponding to each step in the part shape design method performed by the design data generation system 1 are performed by designing the part shape into a computer. Realized by a program for execution. These software processing functions are performed by the CPU 10, for example, by executing an article shape design data generation program in the hardware configuration shown in FIG.

CPU10には、設計データ生成システム1の処理動作に必要な各ソフトウェアプログラムなどが記憶されているROM11と、プログラム実行中に一時的にデータが記憶されるRAM12とが接続されている。また、このCPU10には、ハードディスクなどの記憶装置13が接続されている。この記憶装置13は、例えば、設計データ取得部3が取得する設計データを記憶する設計データベースとして用いられる。   The CPU 10 is connected to a ROM 11 that stores software programs necessary for processing operations of the design data generation system 1 and a RAM 12 that temporarily stores data during program execution. The CPU 10 is connected to a storage device 13 such as a hard disk. For example, the storage device 13 is used as a design database that stores design data acquired by the design data acquisition unit 3.

そして、これらのCPU10等に対して、図1の変形指示取得部4に対応する入力装置14と、表示部5に対応する表示装置15とが接続されて、本設計データ生成システム1が構成されている。入力装置14としては、例えば、マウスなどのポインティングデバイスやキーボード等が用いられる。また、表示装置15としては、例えば、CRTディスプレイや液晶ディスプレイなどが用いられる。また、他の設計者等が用いている外部装置との間で設計データ等のやり取りをする必要がある場合には、外部装置との接続のため、通信I/F16が設けられる。   The design data generation system 1 is configured by connecting the input device 14 corresponding to the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 in FIG. 1 and the display device 15 corresponding to the display unit 5 to the CPU 10 and the like. ing. As the input device 14, for example, a pointing device such as a mouse or a keyboard is used. Moreover, as the display device 15, for example, a CRT display, a liquid crystal display, or the like is used. In addition, when it is necessary to exchange design data or the like with an external device used by another designer or the like, a communication I / F 16 is provided for connection with the external device.

また、設計データに対する演算をCPU10によって実行させるための上記の設計用プログラムは、コンピュータ読取可能な記録媒体に記録して頒布することが可能である。このような記録媒体には、例えば、ハードディスク及びフロッピー(登録商標)ディスクなどの磁気媒体、CD−ROM及びDVD−ROMなどの光学媒体、あるいは、プログラム命令を実行または格納するように特別に配置された、例えばRAM、ROM、及び半導体不揮発性メモリなどのハードウェアデバイスなどが含まれる。また、このような記録媒体からプログラム等を読み取る記録媒体読取用のドライブ(例えばフロッピー(登録商標)ディスクドライブなど)をCPU10に対して接続することができる。   Further, the design program for causing the CPU 10 to execute the operation on the design data can be recorded on a computer-readable recording medium and distributed. In such a recording medium, for example, a magnetic medium such as a hard disk and a floppy (registered trademark) disk, an optical medium such as a CD-ROM and a DVD-ROM, or a specially arranged to execute or store program instructions. For example, hardware devices such as RAM, ROM, and semiconductor nonvolatile memory are included. Further, a recording medium reading drive (such as a floppy (registered trademark) disk drive) for reading a program or the like from such a recording medium can be connected to the CPU 10.

図3は、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。以下、図1に示した設計データ生成システム1の構成を参照しつつ、新たな物品形状の設計データ生成方法について説明する。   FIG. 3 is a flowchart schematically showing an example of the design data generation method according to the first embodiment of the present invention. A new article shape design data generation method will be described below with reference to the configuration of the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG.

ここで、設計対象物品として、その物品の形状を構成する面を勾配面で表現する必要のある部品を例にとる。物品の形状を構成する構成面の勾配面による表現は、樹脂成形部品等のソリッド部品、ならびに板金部品のビード形状および座形状等を設計する場合等に用いられる。例えば、図4に示す部品Aの勾配面A1面はに、この面の外縁の一つの稜線を規定する基準線BL1と、この部品Aを金型により成形する際の金型の抜き方向を規定する抜き方向Vベクトルと、この抜き方向Vベクトルに対する面の傾斜角度を規定する勾配角θによって定まる勾配面の一部であって、この基準線BL1と対向する外縁線EL1によって領域画定される面である。このように勾配面で表現する必要のある物品を新規に設計する場合には、勾配面で表現された設計データの形状をを変形の基準形状として用いる。   Here, as an object to be designed, a part that needs to express a plane constituting the shape of the article as a gradient plane is taken as an example. The expression of the component surface constituting the shape of the article by the gradient surface is used when designing a solid part such as a resin molded part and a bead shape and a seat shape of a sheet metal part. For example, the slope A1 surface of the part A shown in FIG. 4 defines the reference line BL1 that defines one ridgeline of the outer edge of this surface, and the direction in which the mold is pulled out when the part A is molded by the mold. A surface defined by an outer edge line EL1 opposed to the reference line BL1 and a part of a gradient surface determined by a drawing direction V vector and a gradient angle θ that defines an inclination angle of the surface with respect to the drawing direction V vector. It is. In this way, when a new article that needs to be expressed by a gradient surface is designed, the shape of the design data expressed by the gradient surface is used as a reference shape for deformation.

まず、変形指示取得部4が設計者等から設計開始指示を取得し、新規物品の設計が開始される(S100)。この新規物品設計の開始指示の取得した変形指示取得部4は、その取得した入力情報を演算部2に伝える。この入力情報を取得した演算部2は、ROM11に登録された設計データ生成プログラムを起動させ、新規設計のベースとなる既存の設計データの取得を促す表示を表示部5に行う。例えば、この表示には、設計データ生成システム1に接続された設計データベース、情報記憶媒体等に登録された種々の物品の既存の設計データに対応した物品名の一覧が含まれる。この設計データベース等には、設計データが物品名、キーワード、特徴等から検索できるように正規化された情報と共に予め登録されている。変形指示取得部4は、設計者等からこの登録設計データの物品名一覧から、これから新規設計を行おうとする物品名を選択する物品名選択入力を取得する。この物品名選択入力の取得は、変形指示取得部4が設計者等から物品名、キーワード、特徴等の入力を取得し、演算部2が、記憶装置13等に予め登録された物品名から関連する物品名を検索して読み出すものとしても良い。   First, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a design start instruction from a designer or the like, and the design of a new article is started (S100). The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 that has acquired the start instruction for the new article design transmits the acquired input information to the calculation unit 2. The calculation unit 2 that has acquired this input information activates the design data generation program registered in the ROM 11 and displays on the display unit 5 a prompt for acquiring the existing design data that is the basis of the new design. For example, this display includes a list of article names corresponding to existing design data of various articles registered in a design database, an information storage medium or the like connected to the design data generation system 1. In this design database or the like, design data is registered in advance together with information normalized so that it can be searched from the article name, keyword, feature, and the like. The transformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires an article name selection input for selecting an article name to be newly designed from an article name list of the registered design data from a designer or the like. The acquisition of the article name selection input is performed by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquiring an input of an article name, a keyword, a feature, and the like from a designer or the like, and the calculation unit 2 from the article name registered in advance in the storage device 13 or the like. The article name to be searched may be retrieved and read.

設計者等から設計対象物品名を取得すると、演算部2は、その設計対象物品に一致もしくは基準形状となりうる類似関連物品のデータを設計データベースから読み出し、設計データに付された設計型番、特徴、その設計データの示す形状の簡易表示等の一覧を表示部5に表示させる。   When the design target article name is acquired from a designer or the like, the calculation unit 2 reads data of similar related articles that can match or become a reference shape with the design target article from the design database, and the design model number, feature, A list such as a simple display of the shape indicated by the design data is displayed on the display unit 5.

次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等からその設計データの一覧から、希望する設計データを選択する入力を取得する。この設計データの選択入力情報は、変形指示取得部4から設計データ取得部3へ送られる。設計データ取得部3は、この設計データの選択入力情報に基づいて、設計データ生成システム1に接続された設計データベース、情報記憶媒体等から、該当する設計データを読み出し、取得し(S102)、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶させる。演算部2は、取得した設計データを画像信号処理して、表示部5にその設計データが表現する形状を画像表示させる。例えば、設計データ取得部3が、設計データベース、情報記憶媒体等から部品Aを示す設計データを読み出すと、表示部5には図4に示すように部品Aの形状が表示される。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires an input for selecting desired design data from a list of the design data from a designer or the like. This design data selection input information is sent from the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 to the design data acquisition unit 3. The design data acquisition unit 3 reads out and acquires the corresponding design data from the design database, information storage medium, etc. connected to the design data generation system 1 based on the selected input information of the design data (S102), and the RAM 12 Alternatively, it is temporarily stored in the storage device 13. The calculation unit 2 performs image signal processing on the acquired design data, and causes the display unit 5 to display an image of the shape represented by the design data. For example, when the design data acquisition unit 3 reads design data indicating the component A from a design database, an information storage medium, etc., the shape of the component A is displayed on the display unit 5 as shown in FIG.

以下、基準形状としてこの部品Aの形状を例に、新たな設計データの生成方法を説明する。この部品Aの形状は、A1、A2、A3、A4、A5およびA6の画定勾配面で規定されている。   Hereinafter, a method for generating new design data will be described using the shape of the part A as an example of the reference shape. The shape of this part A is defined by the defined slope planes A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 and A6.

例えばA1面は、基準線BL1、抜き方向Vおよび勾配角θによって表現される勾配面からトリミングされた画定勾配面である。このトリミングは、基準線BL1とこの基準線BL1に対向する外縁線EL1とによって、領域規定される。この部品Aの設計データは、基準線、抜き方向、ならびに勾配角、および外縁線に対向する外縁線を直接規定するデータからなるものでもよいし、これらの画定勾配面が所定の間隔でメッシュ分割され、そのメッシュの交点に付与されたメッシュ節点群の座標の集合のデータであってもよい。   For example, the A1 plane is a defined gradient plane that is trimmed from the gradient plane expressed by the reference line BL1, the drawing direction V, and the gradient angle θ. This trimming is defined by a reference line BL1 and an outer edge line EL1 facing the reference line BL1. The design data of this part A may be composed of data that directly defines the reference line, the drawing direction, the gradient angle, and the outer edge line opposite to the outer edge line, and these defined gradient surfaces are divided into meshes at predetermined intervals. Alternatively, it may be data of a set of coordinates of a mesh node group assigned to an intersection of the meshes.

次に変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から部品Aの形状を変形させる変形指示を取得する(S104)。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction for deforming the shape of the part A from a designer or the like (S104).

次にこの変形指示の一例について具体的に説明する。まず、変形指示取得部4は、部品Aを構成する6面の画定勾配面のから、少なくとも一の画定勾配面の基準線の少なくとも一部である変形基準線とこの変形基準線に対向する変形面外縁線とによって画定される変形面を指定する変形面指定を設計者等から取得する。変形指示取得部4は、この変形面指定を演算部2へ伝える。ここでは、変形面としてA1面が選択された場合、すなわち、変形基準線として基準線BL1の全てが指定され、変形面外縁線としてA1面の外縁線EL1が指定された場合を例に説明する。この変形面の入力の取得は、例えば、表示部5に表示された部品Aの形状表示において、A1面上にポインタ置いた状態でのマウスのダブルクリックにより行われる。この変形面の指定情報を取得すると、例えば、演算部2は、設計データを画像信号処理して、変形面であるA1面を、識別を容易にするため他の5面と異なる色で表示部5に表示させる。また、演算部2は、部品Aの設計データに基づいて、表示部5にこのA1面の基準線も識別しやすく表示させ、さらにA1面の抜き方向をベクトル、およびその抜き方向に対する勾配角θを表示させる。   Next, an example of this deformation instruction will be specifically described. First, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 changes a deformation reference line that is at least a part of a reference line of at least one defined gradient surface from the six defined gradient surfaces constituting the part A, and a deformation that faces the deformation reference line. A deformed surface designation for designating a deformed surface defined by the surface outer edge line is acquired from a designer or the like. The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 transmits the deformation surface designation to the calculation unit 2. Here, a case where the A1 surface is selected as the deformation surface, that is, a case where all of the reference line BL1 is specified as the deformation reference line and the outer edge line EL1 of the A1 surface is specified as the deformation surface outer edge line will be described as an example. . Acquisition of the input of this deformation surface is performed, for example, by double-clicking the mouse with the pointer placed on the A1 surface in the shape display of the component A displayed on the display unit 5. When this deformation plane designation information is acquired, for example, the calculation unit 2 performs image signal processing on the design data and displays the A1 plane which is the deformation plane in a color different from the other five planes for easy identification. 5 is displayed. Further, the calculation unit 2 displays the reference line of the A1 plane on the display unit 5 on the basis of the design data of the part A so that the reference line of the A1 plane can be easily identified. Is displayed.

ここでは、変形面がA1面全体であるものとしたが、A1面の一部の領域のみを変形面と指定する指定を取得することもできる。その場合、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から、まず、A1面の基準線の少なくとも1部を変形基準線と指定する指示を取得する。この指定入力の取得は、例えば、表示部5に表示された部品Aの形状表示において、A1面の基準線上の所望の始点にポインタ置いた状態でのマウスをクリックし、次にこの基準線上の所望の終点にポインタを置いた状態でマウスをクリックすることにより行われる。この始点と終点の指定入力の取得は、キーボード等から座標を直接取得するものとしてもよい。次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等からA1面上であって、指定した変形基準線に対向する変形面外縁線を指定する入力を取得する。この変形面外縁線を指定する入力の取得は、例えば、表示部5に表示された部品Aの形状表示において、A1面上にポインタ置いた状態でのマウスの移動の軌跡に基づいて行うことができる。この変形面外縁線の関数およびその始点と終点が予め分かっている場合には、これらの入力をキーボード等から取得してもよい。以上の変形基準線と変形面外縁線との指定により変形面が指定される。   Here, it is assumed that the deformation surface is the entire A1 surface, but it is also possible to acquire designation for designating only a partial region of the A1 surface as the deformation surface. In that case, the deformation instruction obtaining unit 4 first obtains an instruction for designating at least a part of the reference line on the A1 plane as a deformation reference line from the designer or the like. For example, in the display of the shape of the part A displayed on the display unit 5, the designation input is acquired by clicking the mouse in a state where the pointer is placed at a desired start point on the reference line on the A1 plane, and then on the reference line. This is done by clicking the mouse with the pointer placed at the desired end point. The acquisition of the designated input of the start point and the end point may be acquired directly from a keyboard or the like. Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires an input for designating a deformation surface outer edge line that is on the A1 surface and faces the specified deformation reference line from a designer or the like. For example, the input for designating the outer edge line of the deformed surface can be obtained based on the locus of the movement of the mouse while the pointer is placed on the A1 surface in the shape display of the component A displayed on the display unit 5. it can. When the function of the deformed surface edge line and its start and end points are known in advance, these inputs may be obtained from a keyboard or the like. The deformation surface is specified by specifying the deformation reference line and the deformation surface outer edge line.

次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から変形面であるA1面を所望の面形状に変形させる変形指示を取得する。新たな基準線、新たな抜き方向、および新たな勾配角で規定される新たな勾配面を得るために、勾配面で表現された面に対して行う変形指示の態様には、(1)変形基準線の変更による勾配面変形、(2)抜き方向変更による勾配面変形および(3)勾配角変更による勾配面変形の3つがある。変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から前記3種類の変形指示態様のうち、少なくとも1つ変形指示態様を含む変形指示を取得する。次に、これら3種類の変形指示態様について説明する。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction for deforming the A1 surface, which is a deformation surface, into a desired surface shape from a designer or the like. In order to obtain a new gradient surface defined by a new reference line, a new extraction direction, and a new gradient angle, there are (1) deformation There are three types of deformation: gradient surface deformation by changing the reference line, (2) gradient surface deformation by changing the drawing direction, and (3) gradient surface deformation by changing the gradient angle. The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction including at least one deformation instruction aspect among the three types of deformation instruction aspects from a designer or the like. Next, these three types of modification instruction modes will be described.

(1)変形基準線の変更指示
変形基準線の変更による勾配面の変更とは、図5に示すように、設計者等から変形指示取得部4が取得したA1面の基準線BL1を変形基準線BL1として、この変形基準線BL1を新しい基準線BL1aに変更させる指示による勾配面の変更をいう。すなわち、変形基準線BL1と抜き方向Vと勾配角θとで規定される勾配面を、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から取得した指示により、新しい基準線BL1aと抜き方向Vと勾配角θとで規定される新しい勾配面A1a面へ変形することをいう。
(1) Deformation reference line change instruction As shown in FIG. 5, the change of the gradient plane by changing the deformation reference line refers to the reference line BL1 of the A1 plane acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer or the like as a deformation reference. As the line BL1, it means a change of the slope surface by an instruction to change the deformation reference line BL1 to a new reference line BL1a. That is, a new reference line BL1a, a drawing direction V, and a gradient angle are obtained in accordance with an instruction that the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 has acquired from the designer or the like a gradient surface defined by the deformation reference line BL1, the drawing direction V, and the gradient angle θ. Deformation to a new slope plane A1a defined by θ.

まず、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が、表示部5に表示された変形対象領域A1面の形状を参照して、前記3種類の変形態様のうち、変形基準線の変更による勾配面変形を選択する入力を取得し、この取得した入力情報を演算部2に伝える。この変形態様の指示入力の取得は、表示部5に3種類の変形態様を選択するためのボタンを予め表示させておき、そこにカーソルをのせて例えばマウスをダブルクリックされることを選択として取得するものとしても良いし、表示部に表示されたA1面の基準線BL1上にカーソルをのせて例えばマウスをダブルクリックされることを変形基準線の変更指示として取得するものとしても良い。   First, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 refers to the shape of the deformation target area A1 surface displayed on the display unit 5 by the designer or the like, and among the three types of deformation modes, the gradient surface obtained by changing the deformation reference line. An input for selecting a deformation is acquired, and the acquired input information is transmitted to the calculation unit 2. In order to obtain the instruction input of this modified mode, buttons for selecting three types of modified modes are displayed in advance on the display unit 5, and the selection is acquired by, for example, double clicking the mouse on the cursor. It is also possible to obtain a change reference line change instruction by placing the cursor on the reference line BL1 on the A1 plane displayed on the display unit and, for example, double-clicking the mouse.

次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から新しい基準線BL1aを指定する入力を取得する。この入力は例えば、表示部5に表示された変形基準線BL1をマウス等によるドラッグアンドドロップ操作によるものとすることができる。また、新しい基準線BL1aを規定する関数、およびその始点と終点をキーボードから入力するものとすることもできる。これらの方法により入力を取得したした新たな基準線BL1aを規定する情報は、演算部2により画像信号処理され、表示部5に表示される。変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示された新たな基準線BL1aの軌跡を参照して、修正が必要であると判断した場合に、設計者等から同様の方法で新たな基準線の修正入力を取得する。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires an input for designating a new reference line BL1a from a designer or the like. This input can be made, for example, by a drag and drop operation with the mouse or the like on the deformation reference line BL1 displayed on the display unit 5. It is also possible to input a function that defines a new reference line BL1a and its start and end points from a keyboard. Information defining the new reference line BL1a acquired by these methods is subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2 and displayed on the display unit 5. When the designer or the like refers to the trajectory of the new reference line BL1a displayed on the display unit 5 and determines that correction is necessary, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 newly creates a new method from the designer or the like. The correct baseline correction input.

(2)抜き方向の変更指示
抜き方向の変更による勾配面の変更とは、図6に示すように変形面A1面の抜き方向ベクトルVを変形前の元抜き方向ベクトルVとして、この元抜き方向ベクトルVを新しい元抜き方向ベクトルVbに変更させることにより、変形基準線BL1と抜き方向Vと勾配角θとで規定される勾配面を、新たな勾配面に変形することをいう。この新たな勾配面は、基準線BL1aと新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbと勾配角θとで規定される勾配面である。
(2) Change direction of drawing direction The change of the gradient surface by changing the drawing direction means that the drawing direction vector V of the deformation surface A1 is set as the original drawing direction vector V before deformation as shown in FIG. By changing the vector V to a new original direction vector Vb, the gradient surface defined by the deformation reference line BL1, the extraction direction V and the gradient angle θ is transformed into a new gradient surface. This new gradient surface is a gradient surface defined by the reference line BL1a, the new drawing direction vector Vb, and the gradient angle θ.

抜き方向の変更による勾配面の変更は、まず、変形基準線変更による勾配面変形と同様に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が、表示部5に表示された画定勾配面A1面の形状を参照して、前記3種類の変形態様のうち、抜き方向変更による勾配面変形を選択する場合に、その選択入力を設計者等から取得し、その選択入力情報を演算部2に伝える。   As for the change of the gradient surface by changing the drawing direction, first, as in the case of the gradient surface deformation by changing the deformation reference line, the deformation instruction acquiring unit 4 allows the designer or the like to change the definition gradient surface A1 surface displayed on the display unit 5. When selecting a gradient surface deformation by changing the drawing direction among the three types of deformation modes with reference to the shape, the selection input is acquired from a designer or the like, and the selection input information is transmitted to the calculation unit 2.

次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示されている変形面A1面の抜き方向ベクトルVを参照して、新たな抜き方向ベクトルVbを指定する入力を取得する。この入力の取得は例えば、表示部5に表示された元抜き方向ベクトルVの方向を変えるマウス等によるドラッグアンドドロップ操作によっても良いし、新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbを規定するベクトルの成分をキーボードからしても良い。これらの方法により取得した新たな抜き方向ベクトルVbは、演算部2により画像信号処理され、表示部5に変形面A1面と共に表示される。変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示された元抜き方向ベクトルVと入力された新たな抜き方向ベクトルVbとを参照して、修正が必要であると判断した場合に、設計者等から同様の方法で新たな抜き方向ベクトルの修正入力を取得する。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 refers to the extraction direction vector V of the deformation surface A1 displayed on the display unit 5 by the designer or the like and acquires an input for designating a new extraction direction vector Vb. This input may be acquired by, for example, a drag-and-drop operation with a mouse or the like that changes the direction of the original extraction direction vector V displayed on the display unit 5, or a vector component that defines a new extraction direction vector Vb is obtained from the keyboard. May be. The new extraction direction vector Vb acquired by these methods is subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2 and displayed on the display unit 5 together with the deformation surface A1. The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 refers to the original extraction direction vector V displayed on the display unit 5 and the input new extraction direction vector Vb, and determines that correction is necessary. A correction input for a new extraction direction vector is obtained from the designer or the like in the same manner.

(3)勾配角の変更指示
勾配角の変更による勾配面の変更とは、図7に示すように変形面A1面の勾配角θを変形前の元勾配角θとして、この元勾配角θを新しい勾配角θcに変更させることにより、変形基準線BL1と抜き方向Vと元勾配角θとで規定される変形面A1面を、新たな勾配面へ変形することをいう。この新たな勾配面は、基準線BL1と抜き方向Vと新たな勾配角θcとで規定される勾配面である。
(3) Gradient angle change instruction Gradient surface change by changing the gradient angle means that the gradient angle θ of the deformation surface A1 is the original gradient angle θ before deformation, as shown in FIG. By changing to the new gradient angle θc, the deformation surface A1 defined by the deformation reference line BL1, the drawing direction V, and the original gradient angle θ is transformed into a new gradient surface. This new gradient surface is a gradient surface defined by the reference line BL1, the drawing direction V, and the new gradient angle θc.

勾配角の変更による勾配面の変更は、まず、基準線変形による勾配面変形と同様に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示された変形対象領域A1面の形状を参照して、前記3種類の変形態様のうち、勾配角の変更による勾配面変形を選択する入力を取得し、演算部2に伝える。   In order to change the gradient surface by changing the gradient angle, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 first changes the shape of the deformation target area A1 surface displayed on the display unit 5 by the designer or the like in the same manner as the gradient surface deformation by the base line deformation. Referring to the three types of deformation modes, an input for selecting the gradient surface deformation by changing the gradient angle is acquired and transmitted to the calculation unit 2.

次に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示されている勾配角θを参照して、新たな勾配角θbを指示する入力を取得する。この入力の取得は例えば、表示部5に表示された変形面A1面に対するマウス等によるドラッグアンドドロップ操作によっても良いし、新たな勾配角θbを規定する角度θbをキーボードからしても良い。これらの方法により取得された新たな勾配角θbを指示する情報は、表示部5に変形面A1面と共に表示される。変形指示取得部4は、設計者等が表示部5に表示された元勾配角θと入力された新しい勾配角θbとを参照して、修正が必要であると判断した場合に、設計者等から同様の方法で新たな勾配角の修正入力を取得する。   Next, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 refers to the gradient angle θ displayed on the display unit 5 by the designer or the like, and acquires an input indicating a new gradient angle θb. This input may be acquired by, for example, a drag and drop operation with the mouse or the like on the deformation surface A1 displayed on the display unit 5, or the angle θb defining the new gradient angle θb may be obtained from the keyboard. Information indicating the new gradient angle θb acquired by these methods is displayed on the display unit 5 together with the deformation surface A1. When the designer or the like refers to the original gradient angle θ displayed on the display unit 5 and the input new gradient angle θb and determines that correction is necessary, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 To obtain a new gradient angle correction input in the same manner.

変形面を新たな勾配面に変更する変更指示は、上記(1)変形基準線の変更指示、(2)抜き方向の変更指示、および(3)勾配角の変更指示のうち、少なくとも1つの変更指示を含む。これらの変更指示のうち、2つ以上の変更指示を含む場合には、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等からそれぞれの変更を順番取得入力する。その取得の順序は、どのような順序でもよい。   The change instruction to change the deformation surface to a new gradient surface is at least one of the above (1) change reference line change instruction, (2) removal direction change instruction, and (3) gradient angle change instruction. Includes instructions. When two or more change instructions are included among these change instructions, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 sequentially acquires and inputs each change from the designer or the like. The order of acquisition may be any order.

以上の変形面を指定する変形面指定指示と、この変形面を新たな勾配面に変更する変更指示であって、前記勾配面を規定する基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角の少なくとも一を変更する変更指示との取得により、変形指示の取得(S104)が完了する。   A deformation surface designation instruction for designating the above-described deformation surface and a change instruction for changing the deformation surface to a new gradient surface, wherein at least one of a reference line, a drawing direction, and a gradient angle defining the gradient surface is changed. By acquiring the change instruction to be performed, the deformation instruction acquisition (S104) is completed.

この変形指示取得部4が取得したA1面を変形面と指定する変形面指定指示は、境界節点付与手段21に伝えられる。境界節点付与手段21は、このA1面を変形面とする変形面指示情報、および部品Aの設計データに基づいて、図8に示すように変形面A1面とこの変形面A1面に隣接する隣接面(A2面、A4面、A5面、およびA6面)との境界線(AL2、AL4、AL5、およびAL6)上にそれぞれ所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する(S106)。図8には、各境界線上に4つずつ境界節点を付与した例を示している。図8には、各境界線上に4つずつ境界節点を付与する例を示したが、この境界節点の付与数は4つに限らない。境界節点の付与数を増やし、境界節点間隔を狭くすればするほど、境界線の形状をより忠実に抽出できるので、離間した変形面と隣接面を接続する接続面との境界線の形状をより忠実に反映することができる。一方、境界節点の付与数を増やすほど、データ量が大きくなるため、演算部2の変形処理等の処理に時間が掛かる。したがって、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から設計物品形状、設計段階等の状況に応じた、この境界節点の間隔、数等の設定入力を取得し、境界節点付与手段21は、その取得した設定入力に基づいて境界節点の付与を行う。また、設計者等の設定入力に依らず、設計データ、変形面指示、変形面の形状等に応じて、境界節点付与手段21が適切な境界節点の間隔、数等を判断して境界節点付与をしても良い。   A deformation surface designation instruction for designating the A1 surface acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 as a deformation surface is transmitted to the boundary node provision means 21. As shown in FIG. 8, the boundary node providing means 21 is adjacent to the deformed surface A1 surface and the deformed surface A1 surface based on the deformed surface instruction information that uses the A1 surface as the deformed surface and the design data of the part A. Boundary nodes are provided at predetermined intervals on the boundary lines (AL2, AL4, AL5, and AL6) with the planes (A2, A4, A5, and A6) (S106). FIG. 8 shows an example in which four boundary nodes are given on each boundary line. FIG. 8 shows an example in which four boundary nodes are provided on each boundary line, but the number of boundary nodes is not limited to four. As the number of boundary nodes is increased and the boundary node spacing is narrowed, the shape of the boundary line can be extracted more faithfully. Therefore, the shape of the boundary line between the deformed surface and the connecting surface connecting the adjacent surfaces is more It can be reflected faithfully. On the other hand, since the amount of data increases as the number of boundary nodes added increases, it takes time for processing such as deformation processing of the calculation unit 2. Therefore, the deformation instruction acquiring unit 4 acquires setting inputs such as the interval and number of the boundary nodes according to the design article shape, the design stage, and the like from the designer, and the boundary node providing unit 21 acquires the input. A boundary node is assigned based on the set input. In addition, the boundary node providing means 21 determines the appropriate boundary node interval, number, etc. according to the design data, the deformation surface instruction, the shape of the deformation surface, etc., regardless of the setting input by the designer or the like. You may do it.

ここで、境界節点付与手段21が行う境界節点の付与とは、設計データ生成システム1のRAM12、記憶装置13等に、その境界節点の座標情報と、変形面への変形指示のその境界節点に対応する移動情報とを関連付けて、記憶させることである。この境界節点の座標情報は、境界節点付与手段21が、雛形として用いる設計データおよび上記境界節点付与数等に基づいて、境界線上に定めた座標である。また、移動情報は、設計データおよび変形指示取得部4が取得した変形面に対する変形指示に基づいて、変形手段22が導出する移動ベクトルである。変形面の変形後の形状は、変形前の変形面の形状に対する変形によるものであるから、変形前の変形面の形状と変形後の変形面の形状との関係は、変形指示によって関係付けられている。例えば、変形指示が変形面の形状を変化させず、単に移動させるものである場合、この移動ベクトルにより、変形前の変形面の形状と変形後の変形面の形状との関係(位置の変化も含む)を導出することができる。同様に、変形指示が移動に加え、回転、縮小、拡大等の形状の変形を含む場合にも、変形前の変形面の形状と変形後の変形面の形状との関係は、変形指示によって関係付けられている。このように変形前の変形面の形状と変形後の変形面の形状との関係は、変形指示によって関係付けられているため、変形前と変形後の形状を規定する面の稜線の関係は、変形指示に基づいて導出することができる。さらに、稜線を規定する稜線上の点の変形前と変形後の関係も変形指示に基づいて導出することができる。すなわち、変形指示情報に基づいて、変形前の変形面の稜線上の点と変形後の稜線上の点との関係を導出することができる。   Here, the boundary node assignment performed by the boundary node assigning means 21 includes the coordinate information of the boundary node and the boundary node of the deformation instruction to the deformation surface in the RAM 12 and the storage device 13 of the design data generation system 1. It is to associate and store the corresponding movement information. The coordinate information of the boundary node is a coordinate determined on the boundary line based on the design data used as a template by the boundary node adding unit 21 and the number of boundary nodes added. Further, the movement information is a movement vector derived by the deformation means 22 based on the design data and the deformation instruction for the deformation surface acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. Since the deformed shape of the deformed surface is due to the deformation of the deformed surface before the deformation, the relationship between the deformed surface shape before the deformation and the deformed surface shape after the deformation is related by the deformation instruction. ing. For example, when the deformation instruction simply moves the deformation surface without changing the shape of the deformation surface, the relationship between the shape of the deformation surface before the deformation and the shape of the deformation surface after the deformation (the position change is also determined) by this movement vector. Including) can be derived. Similarly, even when the deformation instruction includes deformation of the shape such as rotation, reduction, and enlargement in addition to the movement, the relationship between the shape of the deformation surface before deformation and the shape of the deformation surface after deformation is related by the deformation instruction. It is attached. Since the relationship between the shape of the deformed surface before deformation and the shape of the deformed surface after deformation is related by the deformation instruction in this way, the relationship between the ridgelines of the surface that defines the shape before and after deformation is It can be derived based on the deformation instruction. Furthermore, the relationship before and after the deformation of the points on the ridge line defining the ridge line can also be derived based on the deformation instruction. That is, based on the deformation instruction information, it is possible to derive the relationship between the points on the ridge line of the deformation surface before the deformation and the points on the ridge line after the deformation.

上記説明において、変形面の変形に引き続き、境界節点付与手段21が境界節点対応点を導出するものとしたが、変形面の変形と同時に、境界節点付与手段21が境界節点対応点を導出するものとしても良い。この場合、境界節点付与手段21が、境界節点を境界節点に付与された座標情報および移動情報に基づいて、変形面の変形に伴い変形面対応点へ移動させる。この変形前の境界線上の点から変形後の変形面上の点への移動を規定する情報を、その境界節点の移動情報という。RAM11、ROM12、記憶装置13等には、境界節点として、その境界節点の座標情報と、変形面への変形指示のその境界節点に対応する移動情報とを関連付けて、記憶されているから、変形前の境界節点に対応する変形後の変形面上の点を導出することができる。   In the above description, the boundary node providing means 21 derives the boundary node corresponding points following the deformation of the deformation surface, but the boundary node providing means 21 derives the boundary node corresponding points simultaneously with the deformation of the deformation surface. It is also good. In this case, the boundary node assigning means 21 moves the boundary node to the deformation surface corresponding point along with the deformation of the deformation surface based on the coordinate information and movement information given to the boundary node. Information defining the movement from the point on the boundary line before the deformation to the point on the deformation surface after the deformation is referred to as movement information of the boundary node. Since the RAM 11, the ROM 12, the storage device 13 and the like store the coordinate information of the boundary node and the movement information corresponding to the boundary node of the deformation instruction to the deformation surface as the boundary node, the deformation is stored. A point on the deformed surface after deformation corresponding to the previous boundary node can be derived.

なお、設計データ取得部3が、設計データとして、基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角より規定される勾配面に配された複数のメッシュ節点の座標群により構成されたメッシュ節点設計データを取得した場合であって、境界線上のメッシュ節点の間隔および数等が変形処理に適したものである場合には、このメッシュ節点を境界節点として用いることもできる。このように境界線上のメッシュ節点を境界節点として用いる場合には、境界節点付与手段21は、この境界線上のメッシュ節点に移動情報を付与し、境界節点とする。境界線上のメッシュ節点が変形処理に適したものであるか否かは、境界節点付与手段21が、設計者等の変形指示に対する変形処理の忠実度、変形処理等の処理速度に対する設計者の要求により判断する。この判断は、表示部5に表示されたメッシュパターンもしくはメッシュ分割数に基づいて設計者等が判断して、その判断を変形指示取得部4が取得するものとしても良い。また、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から演算部2に許容される境界節点分割間隔もしくは外縁分割数の範囲を予め取得して、その取得した設定値をRAM12または記憶装置13に一次記憶しておき、その設定値に対して、取得したメッシュ節点設計データがその許容範囲に含まれるか否かを演算部2が、取得したメッシュ節点設計データに基づいて判断するものとしても良い。取得したメッシュ設計データが変形処理に適さないメッシュパターンであると設計者等が判断した場合、変形指示所得手段4は、設計者等から境界節点付与手段21に新たに境界節点付与を指示する入力を取得する。新たに境界節点付与指示を変形指示取得部4から受けた境界節点付与手段21は、設計者等の指示に応じた境界節点の付与をその設計データに基づいて行う。   The design data acquisition unit 3 has acquired mesh node design data composed of a plurality of mesh node coordinate groups arranged on a gradient plane defined by a reference line, a drawing direction, and a gradient angle as design data. In this case, when the interval and the number of mesh nodes on the boundary line are suitable for the deformation process, this mesh node can also be used as the boundary node. When the mesh node on the boundary line is used as the boundary node in this way, the boundary node giving means 21 gives movement information to the mesh node on the boundary line to make the boundary node. Whether or not the mesh nodes on the boundary line are suitable for the deformation process is determined by the designer regarding the fidelity of the deformation process in response to the deformation instruction from the designer and the processing speed of the deformation process. Judgment by. This determination may be made by a designer or the like based on the mesh pattern or the number of mesh divisions displayed on the display unit 5, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 may acquire the determination. Further, the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires in advance the boundary node division interval or the range of the number of outer edge divisions allowed by the calculation unit 2 from the designer or the like, and temporarily stores the acquired set value in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. In addition, the calculation unit 2 may determine whether or not the acquired mesh node design data is included in the allowable range for the set value based on the acquired mesh node design data. When the designer or the like determines that the acquired mesh design data is a mesh pattern that is not suitable for the deformation process, the deformation instruction income unit 4 inputs an instruction for newly giving a boundary node to the boundary node providing unit 21 from the designer or the like. To get. The boundary node providing means 21 that has newly received a boundary node provision instruction from the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 performs the boundary node provision according to the instruction from the designer or the like based on the design data.

次に、設計データ生成システム1の変形手段22は、変形面A1面を変形指示取得部4が設計者等から取得した変形指示に応じて変形させる(S108)。   Next, the deformation means 22 of the design data generation system 1 deforms the deformation surface A1 according to the deformation instruction acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer or the like (S108).

この変形面A1面の設計データへの変形処理において変形手段22は、まず、図8に示す変形面外縁線EL1の、変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係を導出する。第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1において、変形面外縁線EL1の、変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係は、変形面外縁線上に所定の間隔で設けた外縁節点の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係として導出する。このように設けた外縁節点の連なりによって変形面外縁線を規定できるため、第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1において、変形面外縁線EL1の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係を、変形面外縁線上の全ての外縁節点の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係と置き換えて設計データの演算を行う。そこで、演算部2は、まず設計データおよび変形面外縁線の指定入力に基づいて、変形面外縁線上に所定の間隔で外縁節点を生成する。設計データ取得部3が、メッシュ節点群で表現されたメッシュ節点設計データを取得し、このメッシュ節点設計データを変形処理対象の設計データとして用いる場合には、そのメッシュ節点の座標をを外縁節点の座標として利用する。   In the process of deforming the deformed surface A1 into the design data, the deforming means 22 first derives the relative positional relationship of the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 shown in FIG. 8 with respect to the deformed reference line BL1. In the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the relative positional relationship of the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 is relative to the deformation reference line BL1 of the outer edge nodes provided at predetermined intervals on the deformation surface outer edge line. Derived as a relative positional relationship. Since the deformed surface outer edge line can be defined by a series of outer edge nodes provided in this way, in the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the relative positional relationship of the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 is deformed. The design data is calculated by replacing the relative positional relationship of all outer edge nodes on the outer edge line with respect to the deformation reference line BL1. Therefore, the computing unit 2 first generates outer edge nodes at predetermined intervals on the deformed surface outer edge line based on design data and a designated input of the deformed surface outer edge line. When the design data acquisition unit 3 acquires mesh node design data expressed by a mesh node group and uses the mesh node design data as design data to be deformed, the coordinates of the mesh node are used as the outer edge nodes. Use as coordinates.

ここで、外縁節点の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係の導出方法を、変形面外縁線EL1の左から2番目の外縁節点NP62を例に説明する。   Here, a method for deriving the relative positional relationship of the outer edge node with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 will be described by taking the second outer edge node NP62 from the left of the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 as an example.

変形基準線BL1に対する外縁節点NP62の相対位置関係の一例として、変形基準線BL1上の所定の関係を満たす点Qと外縁節点NP62と相対位置関係がある。第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1では、変形基準線BL1に対する外縁節点NP62の相対位置関係を、変形基準線BL1上の所定の関係を満たす点Qと外縁節点NP62と相対位置関係として求めている。   As an example of the relative positional relationship of the outer edge node NP62 with respect to the deformation reference line BL1, there is a relative positional relationship between the point Q satisfying a predetermined relationship on the deformation reference line BL1 and the outer edge node NP62. In the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the relative positional relationship of the outer edge node NP62 with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 is set as a relative positional relationship between the point Q satisfying a predetermined relationship on the deformation reference line BL1 and the outer edge node NP62. Looking for.

ここで、変形基準線BL1上の所定の関係を満たす点Qの座標を求める方法を説明する。以下、図9に示すように、画定勾配面A1面に関して、変形基準線BL1を規定する関数をC(x,y,z)、抜き方向をVベクトル、勾配角をθ、外縁節点NP62の座標(所定の原点からNP62への位置ベクトル)をnp62、基準線BL1上の点Qの座標をq(所定の原点から点Qへの位置ベクトル)、基準線BL1の接線ベクトルをベクトルt、点Qにおける変形基準線BL1の接線ベクトルをベクトルtqと書くことにする。   Here, a method for obtaining the coordinates of the point Q satisfying a predetermined relationship on the deformation reference line BL1 will be described. Hereinafter, as shown in FIG. 9, with respect to the defined gradient plane A1, the function defining the deformation reference line BL1 is C (x, y, z), the drawing direction is the V vector, the gradient angle is θ, and the coordinates of the outer edge node NP62. (Position vector from a predetermined origin to NP62) is np62, coordinates of point Q on reference line BL1 are q (position vector from predetermined origin to point Q), tangent vector of reference line BL1 is vector t, point Q A tangent vector of the deformation reference line BL1 in FIG.

(V×t)×Vで表されるベクトルnに垂直な平面lを勾配平面lといい、変形基準線BL1上の全ての点において、それぞれ勾配平面lを規定できる。これらの勾配平面lのうち、外縁節点NP62を含む勾配平面lqを規定する、変形基準線BL1の接線ベクトルtqを成す点が点Qと決められる。この勾配平面lq上において、点Qを通り抜き方向ベクトルVに平行な抜き方向線と、点Qと外縁節点NP62を結ぶ直線とが成す角が勾配角θとなっていから、
(C(q)−NP62(np62))・V
=|C(q)−NP62(np62)|cosθ 式(1)
が成り立ち、この式(1)を満たす点がQとなる。
A plane l perpendicular to the vector n represented by (V × t) × V is referred to as a gradient plane l, and the gradient plane l can be defined at all points on the deformation reference line BL1. Among these gradient planes l, a point that defines a gradient plane lq including the outer edge node NP62 and that forms a tangent vector tq of the deformation reference line BL1 is determined as a point Q. On this gradient plane lq, the angle formed by the extraction direction line passing through the point Q and parallel to the extraction direction vector V and the straight line connecting the point Q and the outer edge node NP62 is the gradient angle θ.
(C (q) -NP62 (np62)) · V
= | C (q) −NP62 (np62) | cos θ Formula (1)
Thus, Q is the point that satisfies this equation (1).

したがって、変形基準線BL1を表す関数C(x,y,z)の変形基準線BL1の一端から他端までの各座標に対して式(1)をそれぞれ演算することにより、式(1)が成り立つ点Qを同定することができる。   Therefore, by calculating the equation (1) for each coordinate from one end to the other end of the deformation reference line BL1 of the function C (x, y, z) representing the deformation reference line BL1, the equation (1) becomes A valid point Q can be identified.

以上のように、外縁節点NP62の相対位置の基準となる基準点Qが求められることにより、変形基準線BL1に対する、外縁節点NP62の相対位置を、外縁節点NP62から変形基準線BL1上の点Qに至るベクトル(以下、RP62と書く)として導出することができる。   As described above, by obtaining the reference point Q serving as a reference for the relative position of the outer edge node NP62, the relative position of the outer edge node NP62 with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 is changed from the outer edge node NP62 to the point Q on the deformation reference line BL1. Can be derived as a vector (hereinafter referred to as RP62).

上記の説明において、変形基準線BL1上に基準点Qが存在するものとしたが、変形基準線BL1を規定する関数C(x,y,z)によっては、基準点Qが変形基準線BL1上に無い場合もある。このような場合、変形基準線BL1をC(x,y,z)関数で延長した線上で上記と同様の方法により点Qを同定し、この延長線上の点Qを基準点として変形基準線BL1に対する外縁節点の相対位置関係を導出する。   In the above description, it is assumed that the reference point Q exists on the deformation reference line BL1, but depending on the function C (x, y, z) that defines the deformation reference line BL1, the reference point Q is on the deformation reference line BL1. There may be no. In such a case, the point Q is identified by the same method as described above on the line obtained by extending the deformation reference line BL1 with the C (x, y, z) function, and the deformation reference line BL1 is determined using the point Q on the extension line as a reference point. The relative positional relationship of the outer edge nodes with respect to is derived.

次に、変形手段22は、変形指示取得部4が取得した変形指示に基づいて、変形面の勾配面を新たな勾配面に変更する。新たな勾配面を規定する、新たな基準線、新たな抜き方向、および新たな勾配角は、設計者等から取得した変形指示によって定まる。すなわち、S104において、設計者等から、(1)変形基準線の変更を取得した場合には、この取得した線が新たな基準線となる。抜き方向および勾配角の変更の指示を取得しなかった場合には、変形面の抜き方向および勾配角が、そのまま新たな抜き方向および新たな新しい勾配角となる。また、S104において、設計者等から、(2)抜き方向の変更を取得した場合には、この入力された抜き方向が新たな抜き方向となる。変形基準線および勾配角の変更の指示を取得しなかった場合には、変形面の変形基準線および勾配角が、そのまま新たな基準線および新たな勾配角となる。S104において、設計者等から、(3)勾配角の変更を取得した場合には、この取得した勾配角が新たな勾配角となる。変形基準線および抜き方向の変更の指示を取得しなかった場合には、変形対象面の変形基準線および抜き方向が、そのまま新たな基準線および新たな抜き方向となる。2種類以上の変形指示を取得した場合には、それぞれ、変更された変形基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角が新たな基準線、新たな抜き方向、および新たな勾配角となり、変更されなかった変形基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角は、そのまま新たな基準線、新たな抜き方向、および新たな勾配角となる。以上のように規定される新たな勾配面に変形面の勾配面が変更され、変形手段22は、変形面A1面の勾配面を表現する設計データをその新たな勾配面を表現するデータへ変形処理する。   Next, the deformation means 22 changes the gradient surface of the deformation surface to a new gradient surface based on the deformation instruction acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. A new reference line, a new drawing direction, and a new gradient angle that define a new gradient surface are determined by a deformation instruction acquired from a designer or the like. That is, in S104, when a change of the deformation reference line is acquired from the designer or the like, the acquired line becomes a new reference line. When an instruction to change the drawing direction and the gradient angle is not acquired, the drawing direction and the gradient angle of the deformed surface become the new drawing direction and the new new gradient angle as they are. In S104, when a change in the extraction direction is acquired from the designer or the like (2), the input extraction direction becomes a new extraction direction. When an instruction to change the deformation reference line and the gradient angle is not acquired, the deformation reference line and the gradient angle of the deformation surface become the new reference line and the new gradient angle as they are. In S104, when a change of the gradient angle is acquired from the designer or the like (3), the acquired gradient angle becomes a new gradient angle. When an instruction to change the deformation reference line and the extraction direction is not acquired, the deformation reference line and the extraction direction of the surface to be deformed become the new reference line and the new extraction direction as they are. When two or more types of deformation instructions are acquired, the modified deformation reference line, the extraction direction, and the gradient angle become a new reference line, a new extraction direction, and a new gradient angle, respectively, and are not changed. The deformation reference line, the drawing direction, and the gradient angle become the new reference line, the new drawing direction, and the new gradient angle as they are. The gradient surface of the deformation surface is changed to the new gradient surface defined as described above, and the deformation means 22 deforms the design data representing the gradient surface of the deformation surface A1 into data representing the new gradient surface. To process.

次に、変形手段22は、設計データにおける変形面外縁線EL1を、変更指示および相対位置関係に基づいて移動させるデータ処理を行う。第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1において、変形面外縁線EL1の移動は、全ての外縁節点の移動として行われ、移動後の外縁節点の連なりによって移動後の変形面外縁線が規定される。   Next, the deformation | transformation means 22 performs the data process which moves the deformation | transformation surface outer edge line EL1 in design data based on a change instruction | indication and relative positional relationship. In the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the movement of the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 is performed as the movement of all outer edge nodes, and the deformed surface outer edge line after the movement is defined by a series of the outer edge nodes after the movement. Is done.

外縁節点の移動方法は、S104における(1)変形基準線の変更指示、(2)抜き方向の変更指示、および(3)勾配角の変更指示の3種類の変形指示態様に応じてそれぞれに独立した態様で行われる。したがって、外縁節点の移動方法について、(1)変形基準線の変更による移動、(2)抜き方向変更による移動および(3)勾配角変更による移動の3つに分けて説明する。   The outer edge node moving method is independent for each of the three types of deformation instruction modes in S104: (1) deformation reference line change instruction, (2) removal direction change instruction, and (3) gradient angle change instruction. In the manner described. Therefore, the movement method of the outer edge nodes will be described in three parts: (1) movement by changing the deformation reference line, (2) movement by changing the drawing direction, and (3) movement by changing the gradient angle.

(1)変形基準線の変更による外縁節点の移動方法
変形対象面であるA1面の外縁節点の移動位置がどのように決まるかを、図8に示すA1面の外縁稜線上の左から2番目の外縁節点NP62を例に説明する。
(1) Moving method of outer edge node by changing deformation reference line The second position from the left on the outer edge ridge line of the A1 surface shown in FIG. 8 is how the moving position of the outer edge node of the A1 surface which is the deformation target surface is determined. The outer edge node NP62 will be described as an example.

変形手段22は、まず、変形基準線BL1と新たな基準線BL1aとの関係を求める。この関係を求めるために、変形基準線BL1上に所定の間隔で点を設ける。図10に示すように、変形基準線BL1と新たな基準線BL1aとの関係は、変形基準線BL1上に所定の間隔で設けた点の新たな基準線BL1a上の点に対する相対位置関係としてそれぞれ求めることができる。   The deformation means 22 first obtains the relationship between the deformation reference line BL1 and the new reference line BL1a. In order to obtain this relationship, points are provided at predetermined intervals on the deformation reference line BL1. As shown in FIG. 10, the relationship between the deformation reference line BL1 and the new reference line BL1a is a relative positional relationship between points provided on the deformation reference line BL1 at predetermined intervals and points on the new reference line BL1a. Can be sought.

ここで、変形基準線BL1上の点Qと新しい基準線BL1a上の点Qaとの相対位置関係の定め方として、例えば(a)距離パラメータ対応、(b)元線垂直対応、(c)先線垂直対応等がある。   Here, as a method of determining the relative positional relationship between the point Q on the deformation reference line BL1 and the point Qa on the new reference line BL1a, for example, (a) distance parameter correspondence, (b) original line vertical correspondence, (c) destination There is line vertical correspondence.

(a)距離パラメータ対応は、変形基準線BL1上の一端から他端に至る距離に対するこの一端から点Qに至る距離の比を点Qの距離パラメータとし、点Qaを新しい基準線BL1a上の一端から他端に至る距離に対してその一端から点Qaに至る距離の比をその距離パラメータと等しい点に対応させるものである。例えば、点Qが変形基準線BL1を1:2に内分する点にあったとすると、新しい基準線BL1aを1:2に内分する点Qaに対応させる。(b)元線垂直対応は、変形基準線BL1上の点Qから新しい基準線BL1aに下ろした垂線と新しい基準線BL1aのと交点を点Qaとする対応である。(c)先線垂直対応は、新しい基準線BL1a上から下ろした垂線のうち、変形基準線BL1上の点Qを通る垂線の新しい基準線BL1a上の対応する点を点Qaとする対応である。   (A) For distance parameter correspondence, the ratio of the distance from one end to the point Q to the distance from one end to the other end on the deformation reference line BL1 is the distance parameter of the point Q, and the point Qa is one end on the new reference line BL1a. The ratio of the distance from one end to the point Qa with respect to the distance from the other end to the other end corresponds to a point equal to the distance parameter. For example, if the point Q is at a point that internally divides the deformation reference line BL1 1: 2, the new reference line BL1a is made to correspond to the point Qa that internally divides 1: 2. (B) The original vertical correspondence is a correspondence in which a point Qa is an intersection of a perpendicular drawn from the point Q on the deformation reference line BL1 to the new reference line BL1a and the new reference line BL1a. (C) The tip vertical correspondence is a correspondence in which a point corresponding to a new reference line BL1a of a perpendicular passing through the point Q on the deformation reference line BL1 among points perpendicular to the new reference line BL1a is a point Qa. .

これら3種類の対応方法の他に、CAD等で用いられる、2点間の他の対応方法を用いても良い。この対応方法の選択は、変形面の変形ステップ(S108)の前に、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から取得する。このように決められた変形基準線BL1上の点Qと新しい基準線BL1a上の点Qaとの位置関係は、点Qから点Qaに至るベクトル(以下、ベクトルQQaと書く)として規定される。   In addition to these three types of correspondence methods, other correspondence methods between two points used in CAD or the like may be used. The selection of the handling method is acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer or the like before the deformation surface deformation step (S108). The positional relationship between the point Q on the deformation reference line BL1 thus determined and the point Qa on the new reference line BL1a is defined as a vector from the point Q to the point Qa (hereinafter referred to as a vector QQa).

以上求められた変形基準線BL1に対する外縁節点の相対位置関係、および変形基準線BL1から新たな基準線BL1aへの変形関係に応じて、変形手段22は、外縁節点をそれぞれ移動させる設計データの変形処理を行う。図11に示すように、変形面外縁線EL1上の全て外縁節点を、新たな基準線BL1aに対して、外縁節点の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係をなす位置にそれぞれ移動させることにより、移動後の変形面外縁線EL1aを規定できる。   In accordance with the relative positional relationship of the outer edge node with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 and the deformation relationship from the deformation reference line BL1 to the new reference line BL1a, the deformation means 22 deforms the design data for moving the outer edge nodes, respectively. Process. As shown in FIG. 11, the movement is performed by moving all the outer edge nodes on the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 to positions where the outer edge node has a relative positional relationship with the deformation reference line BL1 with respect to the new reference line BL1a. The later deformation surface outer edge line EL1a can be defined.

以下、変形面A1面上の外縁節点NP62の移動先を、変形後の変形面A1a面上の外縁節点NP62aとし、外縁節点NP62から変形後の変形面A1b面における外縁節点NP62aへ至る移動ベクトルをDV62と書く。   Hereinafter, the movement destination of the outer edge node NP62 on the deformation surface A1 is set as an outer edge node NP62a on the deformation surface A1a after deformation, and a movement vector from the outer edge node NP62 to the outer edge node NP62a on the deformation surface A1b after deformation is defined. Write DV62.

図10に、変形面A1面上の外縁節点NP62と、変形後の変形面A1a面上の外縁節点NP62aとの位置関係を示す。ここで、外縁節点NP62と変形基準線BL1上の相対位置が関係付けられた点Qとの位置関係を、ベクトルRP62で表している。新しい基準線BL1a上の点Qaと外縁節点の移動先NP62aとの位置関係は、変形基準線BL1と外縁節点NP62との相対位置関係が保たれるので、
ベクトルDV62=ベクトルRP62+ベクトルQQa−ベクトルRP62
=ベクトルQQa
となる。
FIG. 10 shows the positional relationship between the outer edge node NP62 on the deformation surface A1 and the outer edge node NP62a on the deformation surface A1a after deformation. Here, the positional relationship between the outer edge node NP62 and the point Q associated with the relative position on the deformation reference line BL1 is represented by a vector RP62. Since the relative positional relationship between the deformation reference line BL1 and the outer edge node NP62 is maintained as the positional relationship between the point Qa on the new reference line BL1a and the movement destination NP62a of the outer edge node,
Vector DV62 = vector RP62 + vector QQa-vector RP62
= Vector QQa
It becomes.

したがって、変形手段22は、変形面の外縁節点を、変形基準線BL1上の対応点Qからその点Qに対応する新しい基準線BL1a上の対応点Qaに至るベクトルQQaに従ってそれぞれ移動させることにより、移動後の外縁節点が新たな基準線BL1aに対して、前記導出した外縁節点の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係をなすことになる。   Therefore, the deformation means 22 moves the outer edge node of the deformation surface according to the vector QQa from the corresponding point Q on the deformation reference line BL1 to the corresponding point Qa on the new reference line BL1a corresponding to the point Q, respectively. The outer edge node after the movement has a relative positional relationship with the new reference line BL1a with respect to the deformed reference line BL1 of the derived outer edge node.

このような移動を行った変形面外縁線EL1上の全ての外縁節点の連なりによって変形面外縁線EL1aが規定される。この移動後の変形面外縁線EL1aは、移動前の外縁節点が有していた変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係を保持しているから、変形面外縁線EL1aは、新たな勾配面上であって、その勾配面の新たな基準線BL1aに対向した新たな変形面外縁線EL1aとなる。このように、新たな勾配面の一部であって、この勾配面の基準線BL1aと新たな変形面外縁線EL1aとによって、新たな画定勾配面A1a面が画定される。この新たな画定勾配面A1a面が、変形面A1面の設計者等の変形基準線変更指示による変形後の形状となる。   The deformed surface outer edge line EL1a is defined by a series of all the outer edge nodes on the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 having undergone such movement. Since the deformed surface outer edge line EL1a after the movement maintains the relative positional relationship with respect to the deformation reference line BL1 that the outer edge node before the movement has, the deformed surface outer edge line EL1a is on a new gradient surface. Thus, a new deformed surface outer edge line EL1a facing the new reference line BL1a of the gradient surface is obtained. In this way, a new defined gradient surface A1a surface is defined by a part of the new gradient surface and the reference line BL1a of the gradient surface and the new deformed surface outer edge line EL1a. This new demarcated gradient surface A1a is the shape after deformation according to a deformation reference line change instruction by the designer of the deformation surface A1.

(2)抜き方向変更による外縁節点の移動方法
図6に示すような抜き方向変更指示による勾配面の変更の場合、演算部2の変形手段22は、変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点を新しい抜き方向Vbに対する勾配角θを満たす位置にそれぞれ移動させる設計データ変形処理を行う。
(2) Moving method of outer edge node by changing drawing direction In the case of changing the gradient surface by an instruction to change the drawing direction as shown in FIG. 6, the deforming means 22 of the computing unit 2 newly sets the outer edge node on the deformed surface outer edge line EL1. A design data transformation process is performed in which the design data is moved to positions satisfying the gradient angle θ with respect to the drawing direction Vb.

ここで、抜き方向変更による勾配面変形において変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点の移動先がどのように決まるかを、変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点の一つである外縁節点Pを例に説明する。図12(a)は、抜き方向変更前の外縁節点Pの変形基準線BL1に対する位置を示す図である。外縁節点Pは、抜き方向ベクトルVと、変形基準線上の点Qにおける接線ベクトルtと抜き方向ベクトルVとの外積と、の外積を法線とする勾配平面l上において、抜き方向と勾配角θを成す線上にあり、変形基準線上の点Qからの距離が、式(1)により決められる点である。   Here, an example of the outer edge node P, which is one of the outer edge nodes on the deformation surface outer edge line EL1, shows how the movement destination of the outer edge node on the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 is determined in the gradient surface deformation by changing the drawing direction. Explained. FIG. 12A is a diagram illustrating the position of the outer edge node P before the change of the drawing direction with respect to the deformation reference line BL1. The outer edge node P has a drawing direction and a gradient angle θ on a gradient plane l having a normal of the outer product of the drawing direction vector V and the outer product of the tangent vector t and the drawing direction vector V at the point Q on the deformation reference line. The distance from the point Q on the deformation reference line is determined by the equation (1).

ここで、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変抜き方向ベクトルVを新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbに変更する指示を取得した場合、図12(b)に示すように、勾配平面lが、新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbと、基準線上の点Qにおける接線ベクトルtと新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbとの外積と、この外積を法線とする勾配平面lbに変化する。この新しい勾配平面lb上において、新しい抜き方向ベクトルVbと勾配角θを成す線上にあり、基準線上の点Qからの式(1)により決められる距離の点が新たな外縁節点Pbの位置となる。   Here, when the deformation instruction obtaining unit 4 obtains an instruction to change the change direction vector V to a new extraction direction vector Vb from the designer or the like, the gradient plane l is new as shown in FIG. The outer product of the drawing direction vector Vb, the tangent vector t at the point Q on the reference line, and the new drawing direction vector Vb, and the gradient plane lb whose normal is the outer product. On this new gradient plane lb, a point that is on a line that forms a gradient angle θ with the new draft direction vector Vb and is determined by the equation (1) from the point Q on the reference line becomes the position of the new outer edge node Pb. .

したがって、抜き方向変更指示による勾配面の変更の場合、変形手段22は、外縁節点Pを、基準線上の点Qとの距離を保ったまま、新たな抜き方向ベクトルVbと勾配角θとで規定される位置に移動させる。   Therefore, in the case of changing the gradient surface according to the drawing direction change instruction, the deforming means 22 defines the outer edge node P with the new drawing direction vector Vb and the gradient angle θ while maintaining the distance from the point Q on the reference line. Move to the position where

変形手段22が、このような外縁節点の移動を変形面A1面の全ての外縁節点に対して行うことにより、移動後の外縁節点の連なりによって移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1bを規定できる。移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1bは、変形基準線BL1に対する移動前の変形前の変形面外縁線EL1の相対位置関係を保持しているから、移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1bは、新たな勾配面上であって、その勾配面の変形基準線BL1に対向した位置に移動する。したがって、新たな勾配面の一部であって、この勾配面の変形基準線BL1と移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1bとによって、新たな画定勾配面A1b面が画定できる。この新たな画定勾配面A1b面が、変形面A1面の設計者等の抜き方向変更指示による変形後の形状となる。   The deforming means 22 performs such movement of the outer edge nodes with respect to all outer edge nodes of the deformation surface A1, so that a new deformed surface outer edge line EL1b after the movement can be defined by a series of the outer edge nodes after the movement. . Since the new deformed surface outer edge line EL1b after the movement holds the relative positional relationship of the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 before the deformation with respect to the deformation reference line BL1, the new deformed surface outer edge line EL1b after the movement is obtained. Then, it moves to a position on the new gradient surface and facing the deformation reference line BL1 of the gradient surface. Therefore, a new defined gradient surface A1b can be defined by a part of the new gradient surface and the deformation reference line BL1 of the gradient surface and the new deformation surface outer edge line EL1b after the movement. This new demarcated gradient surface A1b surface becomes the shape after deformation according to the drawing direction change instruction by the designer of the deformation surface A1 surface.

以上、部品Aを構成する1つの画定勾配面の抜き方向変更による変形を説明したが、抜き方向は、1つの物品に対して1つのパラメータである。したがって、最終的な設計データにおいて、部品の全ての画定勾配面の抜き方向は共通である必要がある。そこで、1つの画定勾配面に対して抜き方向変更による変形が行われた後、設計者等は表示部5に表示された変形後の新たな画定勾配面の形状を参照し、その新たな画定勾配面の形状が設計者の所望のものであった場合、基準形状の残りの画定勾配面に対しても同様の抜き方向変更による勾配面変更を行う指示を変形指示取得部4に対して行い、変形指示取得部4はその指示を取得する。設計者等が、最初に変形した画定勾配面の変更後の形状を確認する必要が無いと判断し、画定勾配面の変更後の形状を確認する必要が無い旨の指示を変形指示取得部4が取得した場合には、変形手段22は、一つの変形面に対する抜き方向変更による勾配面変形を、物品を構成する全ての画定勾配面に対して同時に行う。一面ごとに形状を確認しながら変形処理を行うか、複数の面を連続もしくは同時に行うかの指示は変形ステップ、(S108)に先立って、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から取得する。   As mentioned above, although the deformation | transformation by the extraction direction change of one definite gradient surface which comprises the component A was demonstrated, the extraction direction is one parameter with respect to one article | item. Therefore, in the final design data, the drawing direction of all the defined gradient surfaces of the part needs to be common. Therefore, after the deformation is performed by changing the drawing direction on one defined gradient surface, the designer or the like refers to the shape of the new defined gradient surface after deformation displayed on the display unit 5 and determines the new defined gradient surface. When the shape of the gradient surface is the one desired by the designer, an instruction to change the gradient surface by changing the drawing direction is also given to the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 for the remaining defined gradient surfaces of the reference shape. The deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires the instruction. It is determined that the designer or the like does not need to confirm the changed shape of the defined gradient surface that has been deformed first, and an instruction to the effect that it is not necessary to confirm the changed shape of the defined gradient surface is given to the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. Is obtained, the deformation means 22 simultaneously performs the gradient surface deformation by changing the drawing direction with respect to one deformation surface on all the defined gradient surfaces constituting the article. Prior to the deformation step (S108), the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires an instruction as to whether to perform deformation processing while confirming the shape of each surface, or to perform a plurality of surfaces continuously or simultaneously, from the designer or the like.

(3)勾配角変更による外縁節点の移動方法
図7に示すような勾配角指示による勾配面の変更の場合、演算部2の変形手段22は、変形面A1面上の外縁節点を抜き方向Vに対する新しい勾配角θcを満たす位置にそれぞれ移動させる設計データ変形処理を行う。
(3) Moving method of outer edge node by changing gradient angle In the case of changing the gradient surface by instructing the gradient angle as shown in FIG. 7, the deformation means 22 of the computing unit 2 extracts the outer edge node on the deformation surface A1 in the direction V. A design data transformation process is performed in which each is moved to a position satisfying the new gradient angle θc with respect to.

ここで、勾配角変更による勾配面の変更において変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点の移動位置がどのように決まるかを、変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点の一つである外縁節点Pを例に説明する。図13は、勾配角変更前の外縁節点Pから、勾配角変更による点Pcへの移動を説明するための図である。外縁節点Pは、抜き方向ベクトルVと、変形基準線上の点Qにおける接線ベクトルtと抜き方向ベクトルVとの外積と、の外積を法線とする勾配平面l上において、抜き方向と勾配角θを成す線上にあり、変形基準線上の点Qからの距離は、式(1)により決められる点である。ここで、勾配角θをθcとする変更指示により、外縁節点Pは、勾配平面l上において、抜き方向ベクトルVに対して勾配角θcを成す線上に移動する。   Here, how the movement position of the outer edge node on the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 is determined in the change of the gradient surface by the change of the gradient angle, the outer edge node P which is one of the outer edge nodes on the deformation surface outer edge line EL1 is determined. Explained as an example. FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the movement from the outer edge node P before the change of the gradient angle to the point Pc by the change of the gradient angle. The outer edge node P has a drawing direction and a gradient angle θ on a gradient plane l having a normal of the outer product of the drawing direction vector V and the outer product of the tangent vector t and the drawing direction vector V at the point Q on the deformation reference line. The distance from the point Q on the deformation reference line is a point determined by the equation (1). Here, in response to a change instruction to set the gradient angle θ to θc, the outer edge node P moves on the gradient plane l to a line that forms the gradient angle θc with respect to the drawing direction vector V.

ここで、勾配角変更指示による勾配面の変更において、画定勾配面の抜き方向に対する高さを保存させたい要求がある。第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1おいて、この要求を満たすように、外縁節点の移動先が決められる。図14に勾配平面l上の移動前の外縁節点Pの勾配角変更指示による移動先である点Pcとの関係を示す。この点Qから変形面上の外縁節点Pに至るベクトルの抜き方向ベクトルV方向成分と、点Qから外縁節点Pの移動先の点Pcに至るベクトルの抜き方向ベクトルV方向成分と、が等しい関係となる点Pcを、勾配角変更による外縁節点Pの移動先とすれば、画定勾配面の抜き方向に対する高さを保存させる要求を満たすことができる。   Here, in the change of the gradient surface by the gradient angle change instruction, there is a request for preserving the height with respect to the drawing direction of the defined gradient surface. In the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the destination of the outer edge node is determined so as to satisfy this requirement. FIG. 14 shows the relationship between the outer edge node P before movement on the gradient plane l and the point Pc that is the movement destination according to the gradient angle change instruction. The extraction direction vector V direction component of the vector from the point Q to the outer edge node P on the deformation surface is equal to the extraction direction vector V direction component of the vector from the point Q to the destination point Pc of the outer edge node P. If the point Pc to be used is the destination of movement of the outer edge node P by changing the gradient angle, it is possible to satisfy the requirement for preserving the height of the defined gradient surface in the drawing direction.

以下、この変形面外縁線EL1上の外縁節点Pの移動先である新たな勾配面上の点Pcの座標を求める方法を説明する。まず、変形手段22は、外縁節点の変形基準線に対する相対位置関係、および設計データの変形基準線、抜き方向、勾配角に基づいて、点Qを通り、抜き方向ベクトルに平行である線vに外縁節点Pから垂線を下ろせる点Pvを求める。次に、この点Pvの座標を用いて、点Pvから外縁節点PへのベクトルPvPを求める。以上により、変形手段22は、点Pcの座標を、点PvからベクトルPvPに(sinθ/sinθc)を乗じたベクトル移動させた位置と規定できる。   Hereinafter, a method for obtaining the coordinates of the point Pc on the new gradient surface, which is the destination of the outer edge node P on the deformed surface outer edge line EL1, will be described. First, the deformation means 22 passes through the point Q based on the relative positional relationship of the outer edge node with respect to the deformation reference line, and the deformation reference line, the drawing direction, and the gradient angle of the design data, to a line v parallel to the drawing direction vector. A point Pv at which a perpendicular can be drawn from the outer edge node P is obtained. Next, using the coordinates of this point Pv, a vector PvP from the point Pv to the outer edge node P is obtained. As described above, the deforming means 22 can define the coordinates of the point Pc as the position obtained by moving the vector by multiplying the vector PvP by (sin θ / sin θc) from the point Pv.

変形手段22は、変形面A1面の全ての外縁節点の移動を行い、移動後の外縁節点の連なりが移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1cを規定する。移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1cは、移動前の変形面外縁線の変形基準線BL1に対する相対位置関係を保持するから、新たな勾配面上であって、その勾配面の変形基準線BL1に対向した位置に移動する。このように、新たな勾配面の一部であって、この勾配面の変形基準線BL1と移動後の新たな変形面外縁線EL1cとによって、新たな画定勾配面A1c面が画定できる。この新たな画定勾配面A1c面が、変形面A1面の設計者等の勾配角変更指示による変形後の形状となる。   The deformation means 22 moves all the outer edge nodes of the deformation surface A1, and a series of the outer edge nodes after the movement defines a new deformation surface outer edge line EL1c after the movement. Since the new deformed surface outer edge line EL1c after the movement holds the relative positional relationship of the deformed surface outer edge line before the movement with respect to the deformation reference line BL1, it is on the new gradient surface and the deformation reference line BL1 of the gradient surface. Move to a position opposite to. In this way, a new defined gradient surface A1c surface can be defined by a part of the new gradient surface and the deformation reference line BL1 of the gradient surface and the new deformation surface outer edge line EL1c after the movement. This new demarcated gradient surface A1c surface becomes the shape after deformation according to a gradient angle change instruction by the designer of the deformation surface A1 surface.

第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1は、以上の(1)基準線変形による外縁節点の移動、(2)抜き方向変更による外縁節点の移動、および(3)勾配角変更による外縁節点の移動の3つ態様により、変形面外縁線の移動を行い、新たな勾配面における変形面の変形後の形状を画定することができる。この3つの変形態様はそれぞれ単独で行うこともできるが、2種類もしくは3種類の変形態様を変形指示取得部4が、設計者から取得した場合には、それぞれの変形態様ごとに順に変形面外縁線の移動を行う。を変形指示取得部4が、設計者より取得した変形指示態様が、基準線変更による画定勾配面変形を含む2種類もしくは3種類である場合には、まず、基準線変更による画定勾配面変形を行ってから、他の態様の変形を行うことが好ましい。(2)抜き方向変更、および(3)勾配角変更は、基準線に対して変形指示による抜き方向、勾配角を満たす変形を行うので、先に基準となる新たな基準線を確定する変形手順の方が、効率的な設計データの変形処理を行うことができる。   The design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment includes the above (1) movement of the outer edge node by deformation of the reference line, (2) movement of the outer edge node by changing the drawing direction, and (3) outer edge node by changing the gradient angle. According to the three modes of movement, the outer edge line of the deformation surface can be moved, and the deformed shape of the deformation surface on the new gradient surface can be defined. These three deformation modes can be performed independently, respectively, but when the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires two or three types of deformation modes from the designer, the outer edge of the deformation surface in turn for each deformation mode. Move the line. When the deformation instruction mode acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer is two or three types including the defined gradient surface deformation by changing the reference line, first, the defined gradient surface deformation by changing the reference line is performed. After performing, it is preferable to carry out the modification of another aspect. (2) Draw direction change and (3) Gradient angle change perform deformation satisfying the draw direction and gradient angle according to the deformation instruction with respect to the reference line. Therefore, a deformation procedure for determining a new reference line as a reference first. This makes it possible to perform an efficient design data transformation process.

これらの変形後の設計データに基づく新たな物品形状は、演算部2により画像信号処理され、表示部5に表示される。設計者は表示された新たな部品形状を参照して、さらに変形が必要であると判断した場合、設計者は変形指示を変形指示取得部4に入力し、変形指示取得部4はその指示を取得する。変形手段22は、この変形後の形状を基準形状として、さらに変形を行い、図3に示す変形処理のフローS104からS108を繰り返して行う。   A new article shape based on the design data after deformation is subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2 and displayed on the display unit 5. When the designer refers to the displayed new part shape and determines that further deformation is necessary, the designer inputs a deformation instruction to the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 receives the instruction. get. The deforming means 22 performs further deformation using the deformed shape as a reference shape, and repeats the deformation processing flows S104 to S108 shown in FIG.

上記に説明したように、変形指示による変形後の画定勾配面の形状は、設計者等の変更指示による新たな基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角によって規定される新たな勾配面と、領域を画定するための移動後の変形面外縁線とのみによって一意に決まる。そのため、第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1の設計方法において、変形指示および基準線に対する変形外縁線の相対位置関係に応じて変形面外縁線を移動させるものとしたが、変形面をメッシュ分割して、そのメッシュの交点にあるメッシュ節点を全て移動させるものとしてもよい。   As described above, the shape of the defined gradient surface after deformation by the deformation instruction is defined by a new gradient surface defined by the new reference line, the drawing direction, and the gradient angle by the designer's change instruction, and the region. It is uniquely determined only by the outer edge line of the deformed surface after movement for defining. Therefore, in the design method of the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the deformation surface outer edge line is moved in accordance with the deformation instruction and the relative positional relationship of the deformation outer edge line with respect to the reference line. It is also possible to divide the mesh and move all the mesh nodes at the intersection of the mesh.

一般に、物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな設計データを生成する場合、変形を繰り返し行って、設計者等の所望の形状の設計データを得る。このように設計データに対する変形処理を繰り返し行う場合には、その変形処理の度に外縁節点を生成する必要がある。変形面外縁線が複雑な曲線である場合には、高速なコンピュータを用いても外縁節点の生成にある程度の時間が掛かる場合がある。したがって、演算部2の変形手段22が、外縁節点を生成している間は、その都度、設計者等の待ち時間となってしまう。   In general, when new design data is generated by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape, deformation is repeatedly performed to obtain design data of a desired shape such as a designer. When the deformation process is repeatedly performed on the design data as described above, it is necessary to generate an outer edge node every time the deformation process is performed. When the outer edge line of the deformed surface is a complicated curve, it may take some time to generate the outer edge node even if a high-speed computer is used. Therefore, while the deforming means 22 of the calculation unit 2 is generating the outer edge node, it becomes a waiting time for the designer or the like each time.

そこで、変形手段22は、まず、変形面の変形ステップに先立って、S104において取得した設計データの示す物品形状に対して、その画定勾配面の全面をメッシュ分割してそのメッシュの交点にメッシュ節点を生成する。そして変形手段22は、このメッシュ節点を変形処理における外縁節点として用いる。このように予め画定勾配面の全面にメッシュ節点を生成しておき、そのメッシュ節点を変形処理において外縁節点として用いることにより、変形処理の都度外縁節点を生成する必要が無くなり、設計者等の設計作業を中断させることが無くなる。このように画定勾配面にメッシュ節点を生成させた場合には、変形においてその変形面に含まれる全てのメッシュ節点を全て変形指示の応じて移動させる。このようにすることにより、一の変形処理後の画定勾配面上にはメッシュ節点が配置されるので、引き続き変形を行う際にその移動後のメッシュ節点をそのまま外縁節点として用いることができる。   Accordingly, the deforming means 22 first divides the entire surface of the demarcated gradient surface with respect to the article shape indicated by the design data acquired in S104 prior to the deforming surface deforming step, and mesh nodes at the intersections of the meshes. Is generated. The deformation means 22 uses this mesh node as an outer edge node in the deformation process. In this way, mesh nodes are generated in advance on the entire surface of the defined gradient surface, and the mesh nodes are used as outer edge nodes in the deformation process, so that it is not necessary to generate an outer edge node every time the deformation process is performed. The work is not interrupted. When mesh nodes are generated on the defined gradient surface in this way, all the mesh nodes included in the deformation surface are moved in response to the deformation instruction. By doing so, the mesh nodes are arranged on the defined gradient plane after the one deformation process, so that the mesh nodes after the movement can be used as they are as the outer edge nodes when the deformation is continued.

以下、基準形状の画定勾配面の全面をメッシュ分割して、変形面のメッシュ節点を全て移動させる方法について、図4に示す部品Aの形状のA1面を例に具体的に説明する。まず、変形手段22は、部品AのA1、A2、A3、A4、A5およびA6の画定勾配面を所定の間隔でメッシュ分割し、そのメッシュの交点にメッシュ節点を生成する。このメッシュ節点のデータは、RAM12、記憶装置13等に一次記憶され、変形処理演算の必要に応じてCPU10がそのデータを読み出す。   Hereinafter, a method of dividing the entire surface of the defined gradient surface of the reference shape into meshes and moving all the mesh nodes of the deformation surface will be specifically described taking the A1 surface of the shape of the part A shown in FIG. 4 as an example. First, the deforming means 22 meshes the defined gradient surfaces A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, and A6 of the part A at predetermined intervals, and generates mesh nodes at the intersections of the meshes. The mesh node data is temporarily stored in the RAM 12, the storage device 13, and the like, and the CPU 10 reads the data as necessary for the deformation processing calculation.

図15に、A1面に生成されたメッシュ分割パターンと、メッシュ節点の一例を示す。この例では、メッシュパターンとして、A1面を横方向に3分割し、縦方向に3分割する四角形メッシュパターンを例に示している。メッシュに分割された各面要素をパッチという。ここでは、メッシュパターンの例として、3分割し、縦方向に3分割する四角形メッシュパターンを用いたが、分割数、パッチ形状はこれに限らない。たとえば、面形状に応じてパッチ形状が三角形となるようにメッシュ分割しても良い。メッシュパターンを細かくすればするほど、変形面の形状および設計者から変形指示取得部4が取得した変形指示に対して忠実度の高い設計データの変形を行うことができるが、データ量が大きくなるため、変形処理等の処理時間が長くなる。したがって、設計者等が、状況に応じて判断したこのメッシュ節点の生成間隔、メッシュ数等を変形指示取得部4に設定入力し、変形指示取得部4はこの設定入力を取得する。変形手段22は、この取得したメッシュ節点の生成間隔、メッシュ数等の設定情報に基づいてメッシュ分割を行う。また、設計者等のメッシュ節点の生成間隔、メッシュ数等の設定入力情報に依らず、設計データに基づいて面の形状等に応じて、変形手段22が予め入力された設定値および設計データに基づいて自動的に適切なメッシュ節点の生成間隔、メッシュ数等を判断してメッシュ節点を生成するものとしても良い。   FIG. 15 shows an example of the mesh division pattern generated on the A1 plane and mesh nodes. In this example, a quadrilateral mesh pattern in which the A1 surface is divided into three in the horizontal direction and divided into three in the vertical direction is shown as an example of the mesh pattern. Each surface element divided into meshes is called a patch. Here, as an example of the mesh pattern, a quadrilateral mesh pattern that is divided into three parts and divided into three parts in the vertical direction is used, but the number of divisions and the patch shape are not limited thereto. For example, the mesh may be divided so that the patch shape is a triangle according to the surface shape. The finer the mesh pattern, the more accurate the design data can be transformed with respect to the shape of the deformation surface and the deformation instruction acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer, but the amount of data increases. For this reason, the processing time for the deformation process or the like becomes longer. Therefore, the designer or the like inputs the mesh node generation interval, the number of meshes, and the like determined according to the situation to the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires the setting input. The deformation means 22 performs mesh division based on the acquired setting information such as the mesh node generation interval and the number of meshes. In addition, the deformation means 22 does not change the setting value and design data inputted in advance according to the shape of the surface based on the design data, regardless of the setting input information such as the mesh node generation interval and the number of meshes. A mesh node may be generated by automatically determining an appropriate mesh node generation interval, the number of meshes, and the like based on the determination result.

次に、変形面がA1面全面であって、変形指示が変形基準線の変更指示である場合を例にメッシュ節点の移動について説明する。図16は、A1面のメッシュ節点の移動を示す図である。変形手段22は、メッシュ節点を、変形基準線BL1のBL1aへの変更に応じてそれぞれ移動させる。この移動は、外縁節点の移動と同様に、まず、変形手段22が、変形基準線に対する外縁節点の相対位置関係と同様に、変形基準線に対するメッシュ節点の相対位置関係をそれぞれ導出する。変形手段22は、この変形基準線に対する相対位置関係および変形基準線の変更指示に基づいて、外縁節点の移動と同様に、メッシュ節点をそれぞれ移動させる。このように移動させたメッシュ節点は、勾配面の変更指示に応じて決まる新たな基準線に対して移動前の変形基準線に対する相対位置関係を成すように移動するので、移動後のメッシュ節点はそれぞれ、新たな画定勾配面上に位置することになる。   Next, the movement of the mesh nodes will be described by taking as an example a case where the deformation surface is the entire A1 surface and the deformation instruction is a deformation reference line change instruction. FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating movement of mesh nodes on the A1 plane. The deformation means 22 moves the mesh nodes according to the change of the deformation reference line BL1 to BL1a. Similar to the movement of the outer edge node, the deformation means 22 first derives the relative positional relationship of the mesh node with respect to the deformation reference line, similarly to the relative position relationship of the outer edge node with respect to the deformation reference line. The deformation means 22 moves the mesh nodes in the same manner as the movement of the outer edge nodes, based on the relative positional relationship with respect to the deformation reference line and the instruction to change the deformation reference line. Since the mesh node moved in this way moves so as to form a relative positional relationship with respect to the deformation reference line before the movement with respect to the new reference line determined according to the change instruction of the gradient surface, the mesh node after the movement is Each will be on a new delimited slope plane.

上記の例では、変形面を画定勾配面A1面と一致させるものとしたため、変形面外縁線EL1上にメッシュ節点が所定の間隔で配置されたが、変形面外縁線が画定勾配面の外縁線と異なる場合には、予め生成したメッシュ節点が、変形面外縁線上に存在しない。そのような場合には、変形面外縁線から予め決められた所定の距離以内のメッシュ節点を外縁節点として用いる。この所定の距離は、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変形面の変形ステップ(S108)より前に予め取得しておく。変形面外縁線から所定の距離以内にメッシュ節点が少なく、設計者等が、メッシュ節点の移動後の形状が、設計者等の意図を反映していない形状であると判断した場合には、設計者等は変形指示取得部4に、メッシュ節点生成の間隔を狭くもしくはメッシュ節点数を増やして再メッシュ節点生成の指示を行い、変形指示取得部4はその指示を取得する。変形手段22は、変形指示取得部4が取得した設計者等の指示に応じた間隔および数のメッシュ節点を生成する。変形手段22は、その生成し直した新たなメッシュ節点に対して同様の移動を行って、画定勾配面の変形を行う。   In the above example, since the deformed surface is made to coincide with the defined gradient surface A1, the mesh nodes are arranged on the deformed surface outer edge line EL1 at a predetermined interval. In the case of different from the above, the mesh nodes generated in advance do not exist on the outer edge line of the deformation surface. In such a case, a mesh node within a predetermined distance from the deformation surface outer edge line is used as the outer edge node. The predetermined distance is acquired in advance by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer or the like before the deformation surface deformation step (S108). If there are few mesh nodes within a predetermined distance from the outer edge line of the deformed surface, and the designer determines that the shape after the movement of the mesh nodes does not reflect the intention of the designer, etc. The user instructs the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 to generate the mesh node again by reducing the mesh node generation interval or increasing the number of mesh nodes, and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires the instruction. The deformation means 22 generates mesh nodes having an interval and a number corresponding to the instructions of the designer or the like acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. The deformation | transformation means 22 performs the same movement with respect to the newly generated new mesh node, and deform | transforms a demarcated gradient surface.

なお、メッシュ節点の生成は、変形指示取得(S104)後でも良いし、変形指示取得(S104)前であっても良い。変形指示取得(S104)後に行う場合には、予め取得した変形領域をメッシュ分割の領域外縁としてメッシュ分割を行うので、変形面外縁線上にメッシュ節点を生成させることができる。   Note that the mesh nodes may be generated after acquisition of the deformation instruction (S104) or before acquisition of the deformation instruction (S104). When it is performed after the deformation instruction is acquired (S104), mesh division is performed using the previously acquired deformation area as the outer edge of the mesh division area, so that mesh nodes can be generated on the outer edge line of the deformation surface.

このように変形面のメッシュ節点を全て移動させた場合、全ての変形処理を行った後、これらのメッシュ節点により分割されたパッチを統合させて画定勾配面ごとに面を表現する設計データを得ることが好ましい。このパッチの統合処理は、CADにおいて広く知られた方法により行うことができる。   When all the mesh nodes on the deformed surface are moved in this way, after performing all the deformation processing, the patches divided by these mesh nodes are integrated to obtain design data that expresses the surface for each defined gradient surface. It is preferable. This patch integration processing can be performed by a method widely known in CAD.

以上、勾配面変更指示が変形基準線の変更指示である場合を例にメッシュ節点の移動について説明したが、同様に抜き方向変更、勾配角変更の場合にも、変形手段22は、メッシュ節点を外縁節点と同様の移動方法によりそれぞれ移動させることができる。   In the above, the movement of the mesh node has been described by taking the case where the gradient plane change instruction is a modification reference line change instruction as an example. Each can be moved by the same movement method as the outer edge node.

設計データ生成システム1において、変形面外縁線の変形基準線に対する相対位置関係を、変形基準線上の外縁節点もしくは変形基準線から所定の距離以内のメッシュ節点の変形基準線に対する相対位置関係として求めるものとしたが、変形面外縁線の変形基準線に対する相対位置関係を直接求めるものとしてもよい。たとえば、変形面外縁線が変形基準線に対して平行移動した関係にある場合等、変形基準線に対して変形面外縁線を関数の関係で表現できる場合には、変形手段22は、そのような関数の関係として変形面外縁線と変形基準線との相対位置関係を設計データおよび設計者等の入力した変形面外縁線のデータから導出することとしても良い。   In the design data generation system 1, the relative positional relationship between the deformation surface outer edge line and the deformation reference line is obtained as the relative position relationship between the outer edge node on the deformation reference line or the mesh node within the predetermined distance from the deformation reference line. However, the relative positional relationship between the deformation surface outer edge line and the deformation reference line may be directly obtained. For example, when the deformation surface outer edge line can be expressed in a functional relationship with respect to the deformation reference line, such as when the deformation surface outer edge line is translated from the deformation reference line, the deformation means 22 As a relation of the functions, the relative positional relationship between the deformation surface outer edge line and the deformation reference line may be derived from the design data and the data of the deformation surface outer edge line input by the designer or the like.

以上のように、変形手段22が変形面を変形指示に応じて変形すると、変形前に境界線を介して隣接していた変形面と隣接面とは、離間したり、交差してしまう場合がある。例えば、図17に示すように、部品Aの画定勾配面A1面を、抜き方向変更によりA1b面に変形した場合、A1面の変形後のA1b面は隣接面A5面と接しているものの、A1b面は隣接面A2面、A4面、およびA6面と離間したものなっている。このように離間した面の間を接続するために、第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1は、接続面の生成もしくはこれらの離間した面のいずれかを延長させた延長面を生成する。この接続面および延長面の生成方法をA1b面とA2面との間を接続する面を例に説明する。   As described above, when the deformation means 22 deforms the deformation surface in accordance with the deformation instruction, the deformation surface adjacent to the boundary line before the deformation may be separated or intersected. is there. For example, as shown in FIG. 17, when the defined gradient surface A1 surface of the part A is deformed to the A1b surface by changing the drawing direction, the A1b surface after the deformation of the A1 surface is in contact with the adjacent surface A5 surface, but A1b The surface is separated from the adjacent surfaces A2, A4, and A6. In order to connect between the separated surfaces as described above, the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment generates a connection surface or an extended surface obtained by extending either of the separated surfaces. . A method for generating the connection surface and the extension surface will be described by taking a surface connecting the A1b surface and the A2 surface as an example.

まず、境界節点対応点導出手段23が、変形後の変形面であるA1b面上に変形面A1面に隣接していたA2面上の境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点を求める(S110)。   First, the boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 obtains the boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the A2 surface adjacent to the deformation surface A1 on the A1b surface which is the deformed deformation surface ( S110).

すなわち、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、変形面A1面に隣接していた隣接面A2面上の境界節点NP21、NP22、NP23、およびNP24に対応する点を変形後の変形面A1b面上にそれぞれ求める。設計データ生成システム1のRAM12、記憶装置13等に、これらの境界節点の座標情報と、変形面への変形指示のその境界節点に対応する移動情報とが関連付けて、記憶されている。したがって、境界節点NP21、NP22、NP23、およびNP24の座標から、それぞれの境界節点の移動情報に含まれる移動量(3次元ベクトル)だけ移動させた点が、変形後の変形面A1b面上の対応点を変形前の境界節点にそれぞれ対応する変形後の変形面A1b面上の変形面上境界節点対応点NP21b、NP22b、NP23b、およびNP24bであると導出できる。   That is, the boundary node corresponding point deriving unit 23 places the points corresponding to the boundary nodes NP21, NP22, NP23, and NP24 on the adjacent surface A2 surface adjacent to the deformation surface A1 surface on the deformed deformation surface A1b surface. Ask for each. The coordinate information of these boundary nodes and the movement information corresponding to the boundary nodes of the deformation instruction to the deformation surface are stored in the RAM 12 and the storage device 13 of the design data generation system 1 in association with each other. Therefore, a point moved by the movement amount (three-dimensional vector) included in the movement information of each boundary node from the coordinates of the boundary nodes NP21, NP22, NP23, and NP24 corresponds to the deformed deformation surface A1b surface. It can be derived that the points are the boundary surface corresponding points NP21b, NP22b, NP23b, and NP24b on the deformation surface A1b after deformation corresponding to the boundary nodes before deformation.

図17に示す例では、隣接面は変形せず、変形面のみ変形指示に従って変形したものとしたが、隣接していた面がそれぞれ異なる変形を行い、離間する場合には、一方の面に対して他方の面のみ相対的に変形するものとして同様に、この境界節点対応点の導出を適用することができる。   In the example shown in FIG. 17, the adjacent surface is not deformed and only the deformed surface is deformed according to the deformation instruction. However, when the adjacent surfaces are deformed differently and separated from each other, Similarly, this boundary node corresponding point derivation can be applied assuming that only the other surface is relatively deformed.

次に、接続面生成手段24は、隣接面の境界節点と、この境界節点に対応する変形後の変形面の境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面を生成する(S112)。すなわち、図18に示すように、接続面生成手段24は、隣接面A2面の境界節点NP21とこの境界節点に対応する変形後の変形面A1b面の変形面上境界節点対応点NP21bとを結ぶ線LC21を求める。同様に、接続面生成手段24は、境界節点NP22と変形面上境界節点対応点NP22bとを結ぶ線LC22を求め、境界節点NP23と変形面上境界節点対応点NP23bとを結ぶ線LC23を求め、境界節点NP24と変形面上境界節点対応点NP24bとを結ぶ線LC24を求める。このように、接続面生成手段24は、A2面上の全ての境界節点とこの境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点とを結ぶ線を求める。次に、接続面生成手段24は、これらの線の座標の情報に基づいて、A2面から延びた、境界節点とこの境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点とを結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面BF12を求める。この接続面BF12は、隣接面A2面の外縁節点が付与された外縁線と変形後の変形面A1b面上の点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線によって規定される面であるから、変形面A1面の変形により隣接面A2面と変形後の変形面A1b面との間に生じた離間を埋め、隣接面A2面と変形後の変形面A1b面とを接続する接続面となる。   Next, the connection surface generation unit 24 generates a connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the boundary node of the adjacent surface and the boundary node corresponding point of the deformed deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node ( S112). That is, as shown in FIG. 18, the connection surface generation means 24 connects the boundary node NP21 of the adjacent surface A2 surface and the boundary node corresponding point NP21b on the deformation surface of the deformed deformation surface A1b surface corresponding to this boundary node. Find the line LC21. Similarly, the connection surface generation unit 24 calculates a line LC22 connecting the boundary node NP22 and the boundary node corresponding point NP22b on the deformation surface, and calculates a line LC23 connecting the boundary node NP23 and the boundary node corresponding point NP23b on the deformation surface, A line LC24 connecting the boundary node NP24 and the boundary node corresponding point NP24b on the deformation surface is obtained. In this way, the connection surface generation unit 24 obtains a line connecting all the boundary nodes on the A2 surface and the boundary node corresponding points on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary nodes. Next, based on the coordinate information of these lines, the connection surface generation means 24 uses a series of lines extending from the A2 surface and connecting the boundary node and the corresponding boundary node on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node. A prescribed connection surface BF12 is obtained. Since this connection surface BF12 is a surface defined by lines connecting the outer edge line to which the outer edge node of the adjacent surface A2 surface is given and the point on the deformation surface A1b after deformation, deformation of the deformation surface A1 surface. Thus, the gap generated between the adjacent surface A2 surface and the deformed deformed surface A1b surface is filled, and the connecting surface connects the adjacent surface A2 surface and the deformed deformed surface A1b surface.

接続面生成手段24は、同様の方法により、変形後の変形面A1b面と、隣接面A4面、および隣接面A6面とをそれぞれ接続させる隣接面を生成する(S112)。以上の3面の接続面により、変形面A1面の変形により生じた変形後の変形面A1b面と隣接面との離間が全て接続される。   The connection surface generation means 24 generates adjacent surfaces that connect the deformed deformation surface A1b surface, the adjacent surface A4 surface, and the adjacent surface A6 surface, respectively, by the same method (S112). The three connection surfaces described above connect all the distances between the deformed deformed surface A1b and the adjacent surfaces generated by the deformation of the deformed surface A1.

以上説明した方法により生成した接続面は、一般に勾配面とは限らない。しかしながら、一般にこの接続面はこれ以外の面と比べて非常に狭い面となるので、原則として勾配面で表現しなければならない物品の設計データとしてもこの接続面が許容される場合もある。この指示変形形状修正後の設計データは、演算部2により画像信号処理され、表示部5に表示される。このとき、勾配面で規定できない接続面は、設計者等が他の勾配面と識別しやすいように勾配面と異なる色で表示される。ここで、接続面は、指示変形前には一の稜線節点であった境界節点同士を直線で結び、この境界節点間を結んだ直線群により規定される面であるとしたが、指示変形前には一の稜線節点であった境界節点同士を直線でなく、勾配面同士を滑らかに繋げる曲線で結ぶものとしても良い。この場合の曲線は、勾配面を規定する基準線、抜き方向、および勾配角、もしくはその境界節点の近傍の所定の数のメッシュ節点の座標から、CADにおいて広く知られた方法により求めることができる。   In general, the connection surface generated by the method described above is not necessarily a gradient surface. However, in general, this connection surface is a very narrow surface compared to other surfaces, and as a general rule, this connection surface may be allowed as design data of an article that must be expressed by a gradient surface. The design data after the modification of the indicated deformed shape is subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2 and displayed on the display unit 5. At this time, the connection surface that cannot be defined by the gradient surface is displayed in a color different from that of the gradient surface so that a designer or the like can easily distinguish it from other gradient surfaces. Here, it is assumed that the connection surface is a surface defined by a group of straight lines connecting the boundary nodes that were one ridge line node before the indicated deformation and connecting the boundary nodes. The boundary nodes that were one ridge line node may be connected not by a straight line but by a curve that smoothly connects the gradient surfaces. The curve in this case can be obtained by a method widely known in CAD from the reference line that defines the gradient surface, the drawing direction, and the gradient angle or the coordinates of a predetermined number of mesh nodes in the vicinity of the boundary node. .

以上により、変形面の変形指示に応じた変形、およびその変形により生じた離間を接続する接続面の生成が終了し、新たな形状の設計データの生成が完了する(S114)。この設計方法により生成された新たな形状の設計データは、変形後の変形面、隣接面、その他基準形状の変形面および隣接面以外の面、ならびに接続面を示す設計データとなる。   Thus, the generation of the connection surface connecting the deformation according to the deformation surface deformation instruction and the separation generated by the deformation is completed, and the generation of the design data of the new shape is completed (S114). The design data of the new shape generated by this design method becomes design data indicating the deformed surface after deformation, the adjacent surface, other deformed surfaces of the reference shape, surfaces other than the adjacent surface, and connection surfaces.

第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1によれば、基準形状形状に対する設計者等の指示による変形が、変形面と隣接面とを離間させるものであった場合でも、接続面生成手段24が、境界節点付与手段21の生成した境界節点と境界節点対応点導出手段23が導出した境界節点対応点とに基づいて、変形面と隣接面との間を接続させる接続面を生成し、変形面と隣接面との離間を解消させた有用な設計データを生成することができる。設計者等が、変形指示による変形後の形状に対して、接続面を1つ1つ規定して離間を解消する操作を行う必要がないので、新規物品の形状設計を効率的に行うことができる。   According to the design data generation system 1 according to the first embodiment, the connection surface generation unit 24 even when the deformation according to the instruction from the designer or the like with respect to the reference shape is to separate the deformation surface and the adjacent surface. However, based on the boundary node generated by the boundary node providing unit 21 and the boundary node corresponding point derived by the boundary node corresponding point deriving unit 23, a connection surface that connects the deformed surface and the adjacent surface is generated and deformed. Useful design data in which the separation between the surface and the adjacent surface is eliminated can be generated. Since it is not necessary for the designer to perform the operation of eliminating the separation by defining the connection surfaces one by one with respect to the shape after deformation according to the deformation instruction, the shape design of the new article can be performed efficiently. it can.

[第2の実施形態]
以上説明した、接続面生成手段24により生成する接続面は、隣接面とも変形後の変形面とも面なりに延長させた面ではない場合がある。新規物品の設計において、設計者等の変形指示により生じた変形面と隣接面との離間を接続する面を、変形面および隣接面を面なりにそのまま延長させて、隣接面と変形後の変形面との離間を接続させたい場合がある。
[Second Embodiment]
As described above, the connection surface generated by the connection surface generation unit 24 may not be a surface that is extended to be the surface of the adjacent surface or the deformed surface after deformation. In designing a new article, the surface that connects the separation between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface generated by the designer's deformation instruction is extended as it is, and the adjacent surface and the deformed surface are deformed. In some cases, it may be desirable to connect the separation from the surface.

図19は、変形面と隣接面との離間を接続する面を、変形面および隣接面を面なりに延長させて構成させる場合の、本発明の第2の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。以下、図1に示した設計データ生成システム1の構成を参照しつつ、この面なり延長よる離間の接続による新たな物品形状の設計データ生成方法について説明する。   FIG. 19 shows a design data generation method according to the second embodiment of the present invention in the case where the surface connecting the deformation surface and the adjacent surface is formed by extending the deformation surface and the adjacent surface. It is a flowchart which shows an example schematically. Hereinafter, a design data generation method for a new article shape based on a separated connection by extending the surface will be described with reference to the configuration of the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG.

第1の実施形態と同様に、設計データ取得部3が、設計データを取得(S102)し、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変形指示を取得する(S104)。次に、境界節点付与手段21が、変形面と境界面との境界線上に境界節点を付与し(S106)、変形手段22が、変形面を変形指示に応じて変形する(S106)。さらに、境界節点対応点導出手段23が、変形面上に境界節点に対応する対応点を求める(S110)。   As in the first embodiment, the design data acquisition unit 3 acquires design data (S102), and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction from a designer or the like (S104). Next, the boundary node providing means 21 gives a boundary node on the boundary line between the deformation surface and the boundary surface (S106), and the deformation means 22 deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction (S106). Further, the boundary node corresponding point derivation means 23 obtains a corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface (S110).

次に、設計データ生成システム1の交線導出手段25は、設計データおよび変形指示に基づいて、隣接面の無限延長面と、変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を導出する(S120)。ここで、変形面の変形後の形状が、変形面A面の抜き方向変更による、図17に示す形状を例に説明する。以下、この形状のうち、変形後の変形面A1b面と隣接面A2面とが離間を接続する面をを例に説明する。図20(a)に図17のf面断面を示す。ここで、f面を、隣接面A2面の境界節点NP23と変形面A1b面状のこのNP23に対応する対応点NP23bを含む面であるとしている。交線導出手段25は、変形手段22がS108において導出した変形後の変形面A1b面を規定する設計データおよび設計データ取得部3が取得した基準形状の設計データにおけるA2面を示すデータに基づいて、変形後の変形面A1b面の無限延長面と隣接面A2面の無限延長面との交線LI12を導出する。   Next, the intersection line deriving unit 25 of the design data generation system 1 derives an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface based on the design data and the deformation instruction ( S120). Here, the shape after deformation of the deformation surface will be described by taking the shape shown in FIG. 17 as an example by changing the drawing direction of the deformation surface A surface. Hereinafter, of these shapes, a surface where the deformed deformation surface A1b surface and the adjacent surface A2 surface are connected to each other will be described as an example. FIG. 20A shows an f-plane cross section of FIG. Here, the f plane is a plane including a boundary node NP23 of the adjacent plane A2 plane and a corresponding point NP23b corresponding to the NP23 in the deformed plane A1b plane. The intersection line deriving unit 25 is based on design data defining the deformed deformed surface A1b surface derived by the deforming unit 22 in S108 and data indicating the A2 surface in the design data of the reference shape acquired by the design data acquiring unit 3. Then, an intersection line LI12 between the infinitely extended surface of the deformed deformed surface A1b and the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface A2 is derived.

次に、延長面画定手段26は、隣接面A2面の境界線に接続する境界接続稜線RL21とRL22とを、それぞれ交線LI21まで延長させた境界稜線延長線を、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶されている設計データ、交線導出手段25が導出した交線のデータに基づいて導出する。図21に示す形状の例では、交線LI21は、一方の境界接続稜線RL21の端点である境界節点NP21に重なるので、境界接続稜線RL21から交線LI21まで延長させた境界稜線延長線eRL21は境界節点NP21そのものとなる。他方の境界接続稜線RL22から交線LI22まで延長させた境界稜線延長線eRL22は、図21に示すように導出される。延長面画定手段26は、隣接面A2面の無限延長面から、このように導出された境界稜線延長線eRL21(境界節点NP21)および境界稜線延長線eRL22、ならびに境界線BL2および交線LI21によって規定される領域を隣接面延長面eA2面として画定する(S112)。   Next, the extension surface demarcation means 26 primarily supplies the boundary ridge line extension lines obtained by extending the boundary connection ridge lines RL21 and RL22 connected to the boundary line of the adjacent surface A2 to the intersection line LI21 to the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. Derivation is performed based on the stored design data and the intersection data derived by the intersection deriving means 25. In the example of the shape shown in FIG. 21, since the intersection line LI21 overlaps the boundary node NP21 that is the end point of one boundary connection ridge line RL21, the boundary ridge line extension line eRL21 extended from the boundary connection ridge line RL21 to the intersection line LI21 It becomes the node NP21 itself. The boundary ridge line extension line eRL22 extended from the other boundary connection ridge line RL22 to the intersection line LI22 is derived as shown in FIG. The extension surface defining means 26 is defined by the boundary ridge line extension line eRL21 (boundary node NP21) and the boundary ridge line extension line eRL22 thus derived from the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface A2, and the boundary line BL2 and the intersection line LI21. A region to be formed is defined as an adjacent surface extension surface eA2 surface (S112).

次に境界節点対応点導出手段23は、交線LI21上に境界節点(NP21、NP22、NP23、およびNP24)に対応する交線上境界節点を、境界節点付与手段21が付与した境界節点情報、変形手段22が導出した変形後の変形面A1b面のデータ、交線導出手段25が導出した交線LI21のデータ、および延長面画定手段26が画定した隣接面延長面eA2面のデータに基づいて、それぞれ交線上境界節点対応点(NP21i、NP22i、NP23i、およびNP24i)を求める(S124)。この交線上境界節点対応点は、例えば、2本の境界稜線延長線と交線とのそれぞれの交点によって規定される交線線分上に、境界線上における境界節点の配置に比例配置させることにより決められる。なお、図21に示す形状の例では、境界節点NP21において変形後の変形面A1bと隣接面A2面とが接しているから、NP21iは、NP21と同じ位置にある。   Next, the boundary node corresponding point deriving unit 23 converts the boundary node on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary nodes (NP21, NP22, NP23, and NP24) on the intersection line LI21, the boundary node information provided by the boundary node providing unit 21, and the deformation Based on the data of the deformed deformation surface A1b surface derived by the means 22, the data of the intersection line LI21 derived by the intersection line deriving means 25, and the data of the adjacent surface extension surface eA2 surface defined by the extension surface defining means 26, The intersection boundary node corresponding points (NP21i, NP22i, NP23i, and NP24i) are obtained (S124). The boundary node corresponding points on the intersection line are arranged in proportion to the arrangement of the boundary nodes on the boundary line on the intersection line segment defined by the intersection of the two boundary ridge line extension lines and the intersection line, for example. It is decided. In the example of the shape shown in FIG. 21, the deformed surface A1b after deformation and the adjacent surface A2 are in contact with each other at the boundary node NP21, so that NP21i is at the same position as NP21.

次に接続面生成手段24は、境界節点対応点導出手段23が導出した、変形面上境界節点対応点(NP21b、NP22b、NP23b、およびNP24b)および交線上境界節点対応点(NP21i、NP22i、NP23i、およびNP24i)の座標データに基づいて、変形面上境界節点対応点(NP21b、NP22b、NP23b、およびNP24b)と交線上境界節点対応点(NP21i、NP22i、NP23i、およびNP24i)とをそれぞれ結ぶ線を求め、さらにこれらの導出された線の連なりにより規定される面を変形面接続面BF2面として生成する(S126)。この隣接面延長面eA2面、ならびに変形面接続面BF2面は、演算部2により画像信号処理され、表示部5に表示される。   Next, the connection surface generation means 24 derives the boundary node corresponding points (NP21b, NP22b, NP23b, and NP24b) and the intersection boundary corresponding points (NP21i, NP22i, NP23i) derived by the boundary node corresponding point derivation means 23. , And NP24i), the lines connecting the deformation surface boundary node corresponding points (NP21b, NP22b, NP23b, and NP24b) and the intersecting line boundary node corresponding points (NP21i, NP22i, NP23i, and NP24i), respectively. Further, a surface defined by the series of these derived lines is generated as the deformed surface connecting surface BF2 surface (S126). The adjacent surface extension surface eA2 surface and the deformation surface connection surface BF2 surface are subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2 and displayed on the display unit 5.

以上、変形後の変形面A1b面と隣接面の1つであるA2面との離間を接続する面の生成について説明したが、他の隣接面(A4面、およびA6面)と変形後の変形面A1b面との離間を接続する面についても同様に生成することができる。   The generation of the surface connecting the separation between the deformed deformed surface A1b surface and the A2 surface which is one of the adjacent surfaces has been described above. It can generate similarly about the surface which connects separation with surface A1b.

この第2の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1において、変形面の変形により生じた面の離間を隣接面の面なり延長面と接続面とで接続するか、第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1のように一の接続面で接続するかの指示は、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から取得する。この選択指示は、設計者等が変形面の変形後の形状を表示部5により参照した後に、取得されるものとしてもよい。   In the design data generation system 1 according to the second embodiment, the separation of the surface caused by the deformation of the deformation surface is connected by the surface of the adjacent surface or the extension surface and the connection surface, or the design according to the first embodiment An instruction as to whether to connect on one connection surface as in the data generation system 1 is acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from a designer or the like. This selection instruction may be acquired after the designer or the like refers to the deformed shape of the deformed surface on the display unit 5.

以上説明した手順により、設計者等の変形面の変形指示により生じた変形面と隣接面との離間を接続する、隣接面延長面eA2面と接続する変形面接続面BF2面との設計データが生成される。隣接面延長面eA2面は、隣接面A2面の無限延長面からトリミングした面であるので、隣接面A2面の面なり延長面であって、勾配面である。   By the procedure described above, the design data of the deformation surface connection surface BF2 surface connected to the adjacent surface extension surface eA2 surface, which connects the separation between the deformation surface and the adjacent surface generated by the designer's instruction to deform the deformation surface, is obtained. Generated. Since the adjacent surface extension surface eA2 is a surface trimmed from the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface A2, the surface is an extension surface of the adjacent surface A2 and is a gradient surface.

以上の工程により、設計データ生成システム1における第2の実施形態に係る新たな形状の設計データの生成が終了する(S128)。生成された設計データは、変形後の変形面、隣接面、ならびにこの変形後の変形面と隣接面との離間を接続する隣接面延長面および変形面接続面を含んで構成される形状を示す。   Through the above steps, generation of design data of a new shape according to the second embodiment in the design data generation system 1 is completed (S128). The generated design data shows a shape including the deformed surface after deformation, the adjacent surface, and the adjacent surface extension surface and the deformed surface connecting surface that connect the distance between the deformed surface after deformation and the adjacent surface. .

以上、説明した設計データ生成方法では、隣接面を交線まで面なりに延長した隣接面延長面と、この隣接面延長面の外縁線である交線と変形後の変形面とを接続する接続面と、により変形後の変形面と隣接面とを接続させるものとしたが、変形後の変形面を交線まで面なりに延長させた変形面延長面と、この変形面延長面の外縁線である交線と隣接面とを接続する接続面と、により変形後の変形面と隣接面とを接続させるものとしてもよい。   As described above, in the design data generation method described above, the adjacent surface extension surface that extends the adjacent surface to the intersection line, and the connection line that connects the intersection line that is the outer edge line of the adjacent surface extension surface and the deformed deformation surface The deformed surface after deformation and the adjacent surface are connected by the surface, but the deformed surface after extending the deformed surface to the intersection line and the outer edge line of the deformed surface extended surface. It is good also as what connects the deformation | transformation surface after deformation | transformation, and an adjacent surface by the connection surface which connects an intersection line and an adjacent surface which are.

この延長面および接続面の生成方法を、図17に示す形状を例に説明する。以下、同様に、この形状のうち、変形後の変形面A1b面と隣接面A2面との離間を接続する面を例に説明する。   A method of generating the extension surface and the connection surface will be described with reference to the shape shown in FIG. Hereinafter, similarly, the surface which connects separation of the deformation surface A1b surface after deformation | transformation and the adjacent surface A2 surface among this shape is demonstrated to an example.

延長面画定手段26は、変形後の変形面A1b面の境界線に接続する境界接続稜線BL1とEL1bとを、それぞれ交線LI21まで延長させた境界稜線延長線を、設計データ、交線導出手段25が導出した交線のデータに基づいて導出する。図22に示すように、交線LI21は、一方の境界接続稜線BL1の端点である境界節点NP21に重なるので、境界接続稜線BL1から交線LI21まで延長させた境界稜線延長線eBL1は境界節点NP21の点となる。他方の境界接続稜線EL1bから交線LI22まで延長させた境界稜線延長線eEL1bが導出される。延長面画定手段26は、変形後の変形面A1b面の無限延長面から、このように導出された境界稜線延長線eBL1(境界節点NP21)および境界稜線延長線eEL1b、ならびに変形後の変形面上に導出した境界節点対応点の連なりにより規定される変形後の変形面における境界線対応線であるBL12および交線LI21によって規定される領域を変形面延長面eA1b面として画定する。   The extended surface delimiting means 26 is designed to obtain boundary ridge line extensions obtained by extending the boundary connection ridge lines BL1 and EL1b connected to the boundary line of the deformed deformation surface A1b surface to the intersection line LI21, respectively, as design data and intersection line derivation means. 25 is derived based on the data of the intersection line derived by 25. As shown in FIG. 22, since the intersection line LI21 overlaps the boundary node NP21 that is the end point of one boundary connection ridgeline BL1, the boundary ridgeline extension line eBL1 extended from the boundary connection ridgeline BL1 to the intersection line LI21 is the boundary node NP21. It becomes the point. A boundary ridge line extension line eEL1b extended from the other boundary connection ridge line EL1b to the intersection line LI22 is derived. The extended surface delimiting means 26, from the infinitely extended surface of the deformed deformed surface A1b surface, the boundary ridge line extended line eBL1 (boundary node NP21) and the boundary ridge line extended line eEL1b derived in this way, and the deformed deformed surface The region defined by the boundary line BL12 and the intersection line LI21 in the deformed deformation surface defined by the series of boundary node corresponding points derived in the above is defined as the deformation surface extension surface eA1b surface.

次に、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、変形面延長面eA1b面に含まれる交線LI21上に境界節点(NP21、NP22、NP23、およびNP24)に対応する交線上境界節点を、境界節点付与手段21が付与した境界節点情報、変形手段22が導出した変形後の変形面A1b面のデータ、交線導出手段25が導出した交線LI21のデータ、および延長面画定手段26が画定した変形面延長面eA1b面のデータに基づいて、それぞれ交線上境界節点対応点(NP21j、NP22j、NP23j、およびNP24j)を求める。ここで、図22に示すように、境界節点NP21において変形後の変形面A1bと隣接面A2面とが接しているから、NP21jは、NP21と同じ位置にある。   Next, the boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 gives boundary nodes on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary nodes (NP21, NP22, NP23, and NP24) on the intersection line LI21 included in the deformed surface extension surface eA1b surface. The boundary node information given by the means 21, the data of the deformed deformation surface A1b surface derived by the deformation means 22, the data of the intersection line LI21 derived by the intersection line deriving means 25, and the deformation surface defined by the extension surface defining means 26 Based on the data of the extended surface eA1b surface, the intersection boundary node corresponding points (NP21j, NP22j, NP23j, and NP24j) are obtained. Here, as shown in FIG. 22, the deformed surface A1b after deformation and the adjacent surface A2 surface are in contact with each other at the boundary node NP21. Therefore, NP21j is at the same position as NP21.

次に、接続面生成手段24は、境界節点対応点導出手段23が導出した、交線上境界節点対応点(NP21j、NP22j、NP23j、およびNP24j)の座標データに基づいて、境界節点(NP21、NP22、NP23、およびNP24)と交線上境界節点対応点(NP21j、NP22j、NP23j、およびNP24j)とをそれぞれ結ぶ線を求め、さらにこれらの導出された線の連なりにより規定される面を隣接面接続面BF1面として生成する。   Next, the connection surface generation means 24 is based on the coordinate data of the boundary node corresponding points (NP21j, NP22j, NP23j, and NP24j) derived by the boundary node corresponding point derivation means 23, and the boundary nodes (NP21, NP22). , NP23, and NP24) and the intersection boundary boundary node corresponding points (NP21j, NP22j, NP23j, and NP24j) are obtained, and the plane defined by the series of these derived lines is defined as the adjacent plane connecting plane. Generated as the BF1 plane.

以上説明した手順により、設計者等の変形面の変形指示により生じた変形面と隣接面との離間を接続する、変形面延長面eA1b面と接続する隣接面接続面BF1面との設計データが生成される。変形面延長面eA1b面は、変形後の変形面A1b面の無限延長面からトリミングした面であるので、変形後の変形面A1b面の面なり延長面であって、勾配面で表現できる面である。   By the procedure described above, the design data of the adjacent surface connecting surface BF1 connected to the deformed surface extension surface eA1b surface, which connects the distance between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface generated by the designer's instruction to deform the deformed surface, is obtained. Generated. The deformed surface extended surface eA1b surface is a surface trimmed from the infinitely extended surface of the deformed deformed surface A1b surface, and thus is a surface that is an extended surface of the deformed deformed surface A1b surface and can be expressed by a gradient surface. is there.

変形後の変形面A1b面と他の隣接面(A4面、およびA6面)と変形後の変形面A1b面との離間を接続する面についても同様に生成することができる。   The surface that connects the separation between the deformed deformed surface A1b surface and other adjacent surfaces (A4 surface and A6 surface) and the deformed deformed surface A1b surface can be similarly generated.

[第3の実施形態]
上記、第1の実施形態および第2の実施形態に示した方法では、変形面と隣接面との境界線が離間し、かつ変形面と隣接面とが交差しない場合に、この離間を接続する面を生成し、有用な新たな設計データを生成した。さらに、変形面の変形指示による変形後の設計データが、そのままでは物品形状として有用ではなく、補正する必要がある場合として、変形面と隣接面との境界線が離間し、かつ変形面と隣接面とが交差する場合がある。例えば、図23に示すように物品Aの変形面A1面が抜き方向変形によりA1d面に変形した場合、変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面とのみに着目すると、境界線は離間し、変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面とは、交差している。このように面と面とが交差する場合、その交線から突き出した領域は、新たな物品形状を構成する面として一般に不要な面である。そこで、本発明の第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成システム1は、このように変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差し、変形後の変形面もしくは隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により境界線を含む突き出し領域と、境界線を含まない維持領域とに分割される場合、この突き出し領域を消去し、維持領域をこの交線に整合させた整合面を生成し、有用な新たな形状の設計データを生成する。
[Third Embodiment]
In the method shown in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, when the boundary line between the deformation surface and the adjacent surface is separated and the deformation surface and the adjacent surface do not intersect with each other, the separation is connected. Surfaces were generated and useful new design data was generated. Furthermore, the design data after the deformation according to the deformation surface deformation instruction is not useful as an article shape as it is, and the boundary line between the deformation surface and the adjacent surface is spaced apart and adjacent to the deformation surface as the case where correction is necessary. The plane may intersect. For example, as shown in FIG. 23, when the deformed surface A1 surface of the article A is deformed into the A1d surface by deformation in the drawing direction, the boundary line is separated when focusing only on the deformed deformed surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface. The deformed deformation surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface intersect each other. When the surfaces intersect with each other in this way, the region protruding from the intersection line is generally an unnecessary surface as a surface constituting a new article shape. Therefore, in the design data generation system 1 according to the third embodiment of the present invention, the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect in this way, and the deformed deformed surface or the adjacent surface is the intersection line and its When the extended line is divided into a protruding area that includes the boundary line and a maintenance area that does not include the boundary line, the protruding area is erased, and a matching surface is generated in which the maintaining area is aligned with this intersection line. Generate design data of a new shape.

図24は、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差し、変形後の変形面もしくは隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により境界線を含む突き出し領域と、境界線を含まない維持領域とに分割される場合の設計データ生成システム1における第3の実施形態に係る物品設計方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。以下、図1に示した設計データ生成システム1の構成を参照しつつ、この面なり延長よる離間の接続を用いた新たな物品形状の設計データ生成方法について説明する。   FIG. 24 shows that the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface intersect with each other, and the deformed deformation surface or the adjacent surface includes a protruding area including a boundary line by this intersection line and its extension line, and a maintenance area not including the boundary line. 12 is a flowchart schematically showing an example of an article design method according to the third embodiment in the design data generation system 1 in the case of being divided into two. In the following, a new article shape design data generation method using the separated connection by extending the surface will be described with reference to the configuration of the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG.

第1の実施形態と同様に、設計データ取得部3が、設計データを取得(S102)し、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変形指示を取得する(S104)。ここで、変形面の変形指示による変形後の形状が、図25(a)に示す、変形面A面の抜き方向変更による、形状である場合の変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面との交差を例に説明する。図25は、図23のs方向から見た変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面との交差関係を示す図である。ここで、この第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法における稜線の矯正の勾配面以外の一般の面形状への適用を示すため、変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面とを勾配面では無く、稜線を曲線にした形状としている。   As in the first embodiment, the design data acquisition unit 3 acquires design data (S102), and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction from a designer or the like (S104). Here, the deformed surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface after deformation when the deformed shape according to the deformation instruction of the deformed surface is a shape by changing the drawing direction of the deformed surface A surface shown in FIG. An example of the intersection with will be described. FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an intersection relationship between the deformed surface A1d after deformation and the adjacent surface A6 as viewed from the s direction in FIG. Here, in order to show application to a general surface shape other than the gradient surface for correcting the ridge line in the design data generation method according to the third embodiment, the deformed surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface are not gradient surfaces. The ridgeline is curved.

第3の実施形態では、まず、境界線識別情報付与手段27が、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差する場合、設計者等の変形指示により規定される変形面と隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する(S130)。図24に示す例では、境界線識別情報付与手段27が、変形面A1面と隣接面A6面との境界線EL1に、境界線識別情報を付与する。   In the third embodiment, first, when the boundary identification information providing unit 27 intersects the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface, the boundary between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface specified by the designer's deformation instruction. The boundary identification information is given to the line (S130). In the example shown in FIG. 24, the boundary line identification information adding unit 27 adds boundary line identification information to the boundary line EL1 between the deformed surface A1 and the adjacent surface A6.

ここで、境界線識別情報の付与とは、設計データ生成システム1のRAM12、記憶装置13等に、その境界線の座標情報と、変形面への変形指示のその境界線に対応する移動情報とを関連付けて、記憶させることである。この境界線の座標情報は、設計データ取得部3が取得した設計データと変形指示取得部4が取得した設計者等からの変形指示とに基づいて定まる境界線の軌跡の座標である。また、移動情報は、設計データおよび変形指示取得部4が取得した変形面に対する変形指示に基づいて、変形手段22が導出する。第2の実施形態において説明した境界節点の移動情報と同様に、境界線の移動情報も変形指示から導出することができる。境界線には、その境界線の座標情報と、変形面への変形指示のその境界線に対応する移動情報とを関連付けて、記憶されているから、変形前の境界線に対応する変形後の変形面上の線を導出することができる。   Here, the provision of boundary line identification information refers to the coordinate information of the boundary line and the movement information corresponding to the boundary line of the deformation instruction to the deformation surface in the RAM 12 and the storage device 13 of the design data generation system 1. Are associated and stored. The coordinate information of the boundary line is the coordinate of the locus of the boundary line determined based on the design data acquired by the design data acquisition unit 3 and the deformation instruction from the designer or the like acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. Further, the movement information is derived by the deformation means 22 based on the design data and the deformation instruction for the deformation surface acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4. Similar to the movement information of the boundary nodes described in the second embodiment, the movement information of the boundary line can be derived from the deformation instruction. Since the boundary line is stored in association with the coordinate information of the boundary line and the movement information corresponding to the boundary line of the deformation instruction to the deformation surface, the boundary line after the deformation corresponding to the boundary line before the deformation is stored. A line on the deformation surface can be derived.

次に、第1の実施形態と同様に、変形手段22が、変形面を変形指示に応じて変形する(S132)。次に、突き出し領域消去手段29は、図25(a)に示すように変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面とが交差し、隣接面A6面が、この交線LI61およびその延長線eLI61により、境界線EL1を含む隣接面突き出し領域pA6面と、境界線EL1を含まない隣接面維持領域hA6面とに分割される場合、境界線識別情報に基づいて、隣接面突き出し領域pA6面を消去する(S134)。以下、この境界線識別情報に基づく隣接面突き出し領域pA6面の消去について説明する。図25(b)は、図25(a)において、t方向から見た隣接面A6面を示す図である。まず、突き出し領域消去手段29は、隣接面A6面の無限延長面と変形後の変形面A1d面の無限延長面との交線LI61およびその延長線eLI61をRAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶されている設計データおよびA1d面を規定するデータに基づいて導出する。突き出し領域消去手段29は、この導出された交線LI61およびその延長線eLI61の座標等のデータを、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶させる。次に、隣接面A6面のうち、この交線LI61およびその延長線eLI61と、境界線EL1とにより規定される隣接面突き出し領域pA6面を、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶された設計データおよび交線LI61およびその延長線eLI61の座標等のデータに基づき画定する。そして、突き出し領域消去手段29は、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶された設計データからその隣接面突き出し領域pA6面を面データとして消去し、境界線EL1を含まない隣接面維持領域hA6面のみを設計データに面データとして残す。   Next, as in the first embodiment, the deformation means 22 deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction (S132). Next, as shown in FIG. 25 (a), the protruding area erasing means 29 intersects the deformed deformed surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface, and the adjacent surface A6 surface is the intersection line LI61 and its extension line. When the eLI 61 divides the adjacent surface protruding area pA6 surface including the boundary line EL1 into the adjacent surface maintaining area hA6 surface not including the boundary line EL1, the adjacent surface protruding area pA6 surface is determined based on the boundary line identification information. Erasing is performed (S134). Hereinafter, erasing of the adjacent surface protrusion area pA6 based on the boundary line identification information will be described. FIG. 25B is a diagram illustrating the adjacent surface A6 viewed from the t direction in FIG. First, the protruding area erasing means 29 primarily stores the intersection line LI61 between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface A6 and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface A1d and the extended line eLI61 in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. It is derived based on the design data and the data defining the A1d surface. The protruding area erasing means 29 primarily stores data such as the coordinates of the derived intersection line LI61 and its extension line eLI61 in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. Next, of the adjacent surface A6 surface, the design data stored primarily in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13 are the adjacent surface protrusion area pA6 surface defined by the intersection line LI61 and its extension line eLI61 and the boundary line EL1. It is defined based on data such as the coordinates of the intersection line LI61 and its extension line eLI61. Then, the protruding area erasing means 29 deletes the adjacent surface protruding area pA6 as surface data from the design data temporarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13, and only the adjacent surface maintaining area hA6 that does not include the boundary line EL1. Leave as surface data in design data.

また、隣接面上にメッシュ節点が付与されている場合には、突き出し領域消去手段29は、このメッシュ節点が突き出し領域にあるか否かをRAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶されている設計データおよびA1d面を規定するデータ、メッシュ節点の座標情報等に基づいてそれぞれ導出し、突き出し領域にあるメッシュ節点を消去してもよい。この場合、消去されなかったメッシュ節点によって規定される面が接続面維持領域となる。   If a mesh node is provided on the adjacent surface, the protruding area erasing means 29 determines whether the mesh node is in the protruding area, the design data primarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13 and The mesh nodes in the protruding area may be deleted by deriving the data based on the data defining the A1d surface, the coordinate information of the mesh nodes, and the like. In this case, the surface defined by the mesh nodes that have not been erased is the connection surface maintaining region.

また、突き出し領域にあるメッシュ節点を消去させるものとしたが、これらのメッシュ節点を交線上の対応点、もしくは維持領域上の対応点にそれぞれ移動させるものとしてもよい。例えば、境界線上の端点からの距離の比と、交線上の端点からの距離の比が等しい点とを対応させることができる。   Further, although the mesh nodes in the protruding area are deleted, these mesh nodes may be moved to corresponding points on the intersection line or corresponding points on the maintenance area, respectively. For example, the ratio of the distance from the end point on the boundary line can correspond to the point having the same ratio of the distance from the end point on the intersection line.

次に、稜線整合手段30は、図25(b)に示すように隣接面維持領域hA6面の境界線EL1に接続していた稜線BL6mとBL6nとを、交線LI61の端点EP61daとEP61dbとにそれぞれ整合するように矯正する(S136)。ここで、稜線の所定の点への整合とは、面の外縁線である稜線が、その稜線の一方の端点を固定したまま、他方の端点をその所定の点に一致させるように稜線を変形させることをいう。この稜線の変形は、例えば、稜線上に所定の間隔で節点を設け、この節点を、他方の端点からその所定の点へのベクトルを一方の端点から他方の端点の稜線に沿った距離に対する一方の端点から節点までの稜線に沿った距離の比で割ったベクトルだけそれぞれ移動させ、移動後の節点の連なりにより規定される線を整合稜線とすることができる。上記例では、他方の端点を所定の点に一致させて、元の稜線の全体形状要素を保持するものとしたが、一方の端点から交線およびその延長線までの形状要素を保持させるものとしても良い。この場合は、上記他方の端点の代わりに稜線と交線もしくはその延長線との交点を用いることにより一方の端点から交線およびその延長線までの形状要素を保持させる整合稜線を導出することができる。   Next, as shown in FIG. 25 (b), the ridge line matching means 30 connects the ridge lines BL6m and BL6n connected to the boundary line EL1 of the adjacent surface maintaining area hA6 to the end points EP61da and EP61db of the intersection line LI61. Corrections are made to match each other (S136). Here, the alignment of a ridge line to a predetermined point means that the ridge line that is the outer edge line of the surface is deformed so that one end point of the ridge line is fixed and the other end point coincides with the predetermined point. It means making it happen. For example, the ridge line is deformed by, for example, providing nodes on the ridge line at a predetermined interval, setting the vector from the other end point to the predetermined point, one distance from the one end point to the distance along the ridge line of the other end point. Each line is moved by a vector divided by the ratio of the distance along the edge line from the end point to the node, and the line defined by the series of nodes after the movement can be used as the matching edge line. In the above example, the other end point is made to coincide with a predetermined point and the entire shape element of the original ridge line is held, but the shape element from one end point to the intersection line and its extension line is held. Also good. In this case, by using the intersection of the ridge line and the intersection line or its extension line instead of the other end point, it is possible to derive a matching ridge line that holds the shape element from the one end point to the intersection line and its extension line. it can.

この隣接面稜線矯正は、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶された設計データおよび交線LI61のデータに基づいて行われる。図25(b)に示す隣接面維持領域hA6面の例では、稜線BL6mは、交線LI61の端点EP61daを通り、矯正無しで交線LI61の端点EP61daに整合しているので、この稜線BL6mは矯正させる必要は無い。一方の稜線BL6nは、交線LI61の端点EP61dbを通っていないので、その変形後の稜線の他方の端点が交線LI61の端点EP61dbに一致させるように変形させて、整合稜線BL6naを導出する。   This adjacent surface ridge line correction is performed based on the design data and the data of the intersection line LI 61 that are primarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. In the example of the adjacent surface maintaining area hA6 surface shown in FIG. 25B, the ridgeline BL6m passes through the end point EP61da of the intersection line LI61 and is aligned with the end point EP61da of the intersection line LI61 without correction. There is no need to correct it. Since one ridge line BL6n does not pass through the end point EP61db of the intersection line LI61, the other edge point of the ridge line after the deformation is deformed so as to coincide with the end point EP61db of the intersection line LI61 to derive the alignment ridge line BL6na.

次に、整合接続隣接面生成手段31は、隣接面維持領域hA6面のうち、矯正した隣接面整合稜線BL6naと、交線LI61と、により画定される領域を整合接続隣接面hA6面とし、この整合接続隣接面hA6A面以外の隣接面維持領域hA6面(図25(c)における斜線領域)を消去して、交線LI61に接続する接続隣接面hA6a面を生成する(S138)。以上の説明において、変形後の変形面A1b面と交差する隣接面A6面について着目したが、整合接続隣接面生成手段31は、変形後の変形面A1b面と交差する隣接面A2面の張り出し面についても同様の方法で消去し、張り出し領域を有さない整合接続隣接面hA2面を生成する。   Next, the matching connection adjacent surface generation means 31 sets the region defined by the corrected adjacent surface alignment ridge line BL6na and the intersection line LI61 among the adjacent surface maintaining region hA6 surface as the matching connection adjacent surface hA6 surface. The adjacent surface maintaining area hA6 surface other than the matched connection adjacent surface hA6A surface (the hatched region in FIG. 25C) is deleted, and the connection adjacent surface hA6a surface connected to the intersection line LI61 is generated (S138). In the above description, attention has been paid to the adjacent surface A6 surface that intersects the deformed deformation surface A1b surface, but the matching connection adjacent surface generation means 31 is a protruding surface of the adjacent surface A2 surface that intersects the deformed deformation surface A1b surface. Are also erased by the same method, and the matching connection adjacent surface hA2 surface having no overhanging region is generated.

以上のステップにより、変形後の変形面A1b面および整合接続隣接面hA6面およびhA2面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データが生成が終了する(S140)。このように生成された、変形後の変形面A1b面および整合接続隣接面hA6面およびhA2面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データは、画像信号処理され、表示部5に表示される。   Through the above steps, generation of design data having a new shape including the deformed deformed surface A1b surface, the matching connection adjacent surface hA6 surface, and the hA2 surface is completed (S140). The design data having a new shape including the deformed deformation surface A1b surface, the matching connection adjacent surface hA6 surface, and the hA2 surface generated in this way is subjected to image signal processing and displayed on the display unit 5.

この方法によれば、設計者等の変形指示が、変形後の変形面と隣接面とを交差させ、その交差線から突き出した突き出し領域を成す場合であっても、その設計形状として不要な突き出し領域を自動的に消去し、有用な形状の設計データを効率的に作成することができる。   According to this method, even when the deformation instruction of the designer or the like intersects the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface to form a protruding region protruding from the intersecting line, an unnecessary protrusion as the design shape The area can be automatically erased, and design data having a useful shape can be efficiently created.

以上説明した稜線を交線に整合させるステップ(S136)において、稜線BL6mとBL6nとを、それぞれ、交線LI61の近い方の端点EP61daとEP61dbとにそれぞれ整合するように矯正するものとしたが、稜線は、この稜線と所定の関係のある交線の端点に整合させることとすることが好ましい。例えば、図25(a)に示す変形後の変形面A1d面と隣接面A6面とにおいて、変形後の変形面A1d面が変形前と180度回転(裏返し)となっている場合には、稜線BL6mとBL6nとは、それぞれ、変形前の境界線端点の一方からから延びていた稜線同士を整合させて、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交線を挟んで、変形前の変形面と隣接面との面の表裏関係を保持することが好ましい。このように変形前の変形面と隣接面との面の表裏関係を保持するために、設計データ生成システム1の境界線識別情報付与手段27は、S130において、境界線EL1の端点(EP61aおよびEP61b)に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、稜線整合手段30は、S132の終了後、この境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、境界線端点から近い交線端点とを対応させる。図25(a)に示す例では、境界線端点EP61aは、交線端点EP61daおよびEP61dbのうち、近い方の交線端点EP61daと対応付けられる。同様に、稜線整合手段30は、境界線端点EP61bを、交線端点EP61daおよびEP61dbのうち、近い方の交線端点EP61dbに対応付ける。このようにして、交線端点がそれぞれ境界線端点と対応付けられる。   In the step of aligning the ridge line described above with the intersection line (S136), the ridge lines BL6m and BL6n are corrected so as to be aligned with the end points EP61da and EP61db closer to the intersection line LI61, respectively. The ridge line is preferably aligned with the end point of the intersection line having a predetermined relationship with the ridge line. For example, in the deformed deformed surface A1d surface and the adjacent surface A6 surface shown in FIG. 25A, when the deformed deformed surface A1d surface is rotated 180 degrees (inverted) before the deformed, the ridge line BL6m and BL6n respectively align ridge lines extending from one of the boundary line end points before the deformation, and the deformed surface after the deformation and the adjacent surface sandwich the intersection line, It is preferable to maintain the front / back relationship of the surface with the adjacent surface. In this way, in order to maintain the front-back relationship between the deformed surface before deformation and the adjacent surface, the boundary line identification information adding unit 27 of the design data generation system 1 in S130 ends the end points (EP61a and EP61b of the boundary line EL1). ) Is added to the boundary line end point identification information, and after the end of S132, the edge line matching unit 30 associates the intersection line end point that is close to the boundary line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information. In the example shown in FIG. 25A, the boundary line end point EP61a is associated with the closest intersection line end point EP61da among the intersection line end points EP61da and EP61db. Similarly, the ridge line matching means 30 associates the boundary line end point EP61b with the closest intersection line end point EP61db of the intersection line end points EP61da and EP61db. In this way, each intersection end point is associated with a boundary end point.

次に、稜線を交線に整合させるステップ(S136)において、稜線整合手段30は、変形前に境界線の端点に接続していた変形面の稜線を、その境界線端点と対応付けられた交線端点に整合させる。図25(b)に示す例では、稜線整合手段30は、境界端点EP61aに接続していた稜線BL6nを、この境界端点EP61aと対応付けられた交線端点EP61dbに整合するように矯正する。稜線整合手段30は、もう一方の境界端点EP61bに接続していた稜線BL6mを、この境界端点EP61bと対応付けられた交線端点EP61daに整合するように矯正する。このように境界線識別情報付与手段27が、境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、稜線整合手段30が、この境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、境界線端点と交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた隣接面稜線を整合させることにより、変形前の変形面と隣接面との境界線を挟んだ面の裏表の関係を、変形後の変形面と隣接面との交線を挟んだ裏表の関係を保った整合接続面を生成することができる。   Next, in the step of aligning the ridge line with the intersecting line (S136), the ridge line aligning means 30 replaces the ridge line of the deformed surface connected to the end point of the boundary line before the deformation with the intersection corresponding to the boundary line end point. Align to the line end point. In the example shown in FIG. 25B, the ridge line matching means 30 corrects the ridge line BL6n connected to the boundary end point EP61a so as to match the intersection line end point EP61db associated with the boundary end point EP61a. The ridge line matching means 30 corrects the ridge line BL6m connected to the other boundary end point EP61b so as to be aligned with the intersection line end point EP61da associated with the boundary end point EP61b. In this way, the boundary line identification information giving unit 27 gives the boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line, and the ridge line matching unit 30 makes the boundary line end point and the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information. By aligning the adjacent surface ridge line connected to this boundary line end point with the boundary line end point corresponding to this boundary line end point, the surface of the surface sandwiching the boundary line between the deformed surface before deformation and the adjacent surface It is possible to generate a matching connection surface in which the relationship between the front and back surfaces is maintained such that the line of intersection between the deformed surface after deformation and the adjacent surface is sandwiched.

以上、隣接面の整合接続面生成における、境界線端点識別情報に基づいた、稜線の交線端点への整合を説明したが、この稜線の整合は、変形面の稜線の整合にも適用できる。変形面の整合接続面に適用する場合には、境界線の代わりに、境界線対応稜線導出手段28が導出した境界線対応線を用い、境界線端点の代わりに境界線対応稜線端点を交線端点に対応させる。   As described above, the matching to the intersection end point of the ridge line based on the boundary line end point identification information in the matching connection surface generation of the adjacent surface has been described. However, this ridge line matching can also be applied to the ridge line matching of the deformed surface. When applied to the matching connection surface of the deformation surface, the boundary line corresponding line derived by the boundary line corresponding ridge line deriving means 28 is used instead of the boundary line, and the boundary line corresponding ridge line end point is crossed instead of the boundary line end point. Correspond to the end point.

この境界線端点識別情報に基づく、交線端点と稜線との対応において、まず、境界線端点もしくは境界線対応稜線端点と、交線端点とを対応させる。このいずれか対応により交線端点と境界線端点との対応が決まる。したがって、いずれの対応をとるかは、一に選択されるものであり、この選択は、稜線整合矯正ステップ(S136)の前に、変形指示取得部4は、設計者等から選択指示入力を取得し、その選択指示に基づいて、交線端点と境界線端点との対応関係を導出する。   In the correspondence between the intersection line end point and the ridge line based on the boundary line end point identification information, first, the boundary line end point or the boundary line corresponding ridge line end point is associated with the intersection line end point. Either of these correspondences determines the correspondence between the intersection line end point and the boundary line end point. Accordingly, which one is to be taken is selected as one, and this selection is made before the ridge line alignment correction step (S136), in which the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a selection instruction input from the designer or the like. Then, based on the selection instruction, the correspondence relationship between the intersection line end point and the boundary line end point is derived.

以上の方法によれば、突き出した隣接面を消去することができるが、同様に変形後の変形面の突き出し領域も消去することが好ましい。図26は、本発明の第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法における変形後の変形面の突き出し領域消去方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。以下、図1に示した設計データ生成システム1の構成を参照しつつ、この面なり延長よる離間の接続を用いた新たな物品形状の設計データ生成方法について説明する。変形面の突き出し領域を消去し、接続変形面を生成するためには、接続隣接面生成の手順と同様に、設計データ取得部3が、設計データを取得(S102)し、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変形指示を取得する(S104)。次に、境界線識別情報付与手段27が、設計者等の変形指示により規定される変形面と隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与し(S130)、変形手段22が、変形面を変形指示に応じて変形する(S132)。   According to the above method, the protruding adjacent surface can be erased, but it is also preferable to erase the protruding region of the deformed surface after deformation. FIG. 26 is a flowchart schematically showing an example of a method of deleting a projected area of a deformed surface after deformation in the design data generating method according to the third embodiment of the present invention. In the following, a new article shape design data generation method using the separated connection by extending the surface will be described with reference to the configuration of the design data generation system 1 shown in FIG. In order to delete the projecting area of the deformed surface and generate the connection deformed surface, the design data acquiring unit 3 acquires the design data (S102) and the deformation instruction acquiring unit 4 in the same manner as the connection adjacent surface generating procedure. However, a deformation instruction is acquired from the designer or the like (S104). Next, the boundary line identification information giving means 27 gives boundary line identification information to the boundary line between the deformation surface and the adjacent surface specified by the designer's deformation instruction (S130), and the deformation means 22 is changed to the deformation surface. Is deformed according to the deformation instruction (S132).

接続隣接面生成の場合には、接続面に境界線が属しているため、この境界線と交線とで規定される突き出し領域を導出することができたが、接続変形面における突き出し領域を導出するためには、変形後の変形面上に境界線対応稜線を導出する必要がある。そこで、変形面の突き出し領域を消去し、接続変形面を生成する場合には、境界線対応稜線導出手段28が、変形後の変形面A1d面における境界線EL1に対応する境界線対応稜線EL1dを、RAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶された境界線識別情報および変形指示書と区部4が取得しRAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶された変形面A1面の変形指示情報、に基づいて求める(S133)。   In the case of the connection adjacent surface generation, since the boundary line belongs to the connection surface, it was possible to derive the protruding area defined by the boundary line and the intersection line, but the protruding area in the connection deformation surface was derived. In order to do so, it is necessary to derive a boundary line corresponding ridge line on the deformed surface after deformation. Therefore, when the protruding area of the deformed surface is erased and the connection deformed surface is generated, the boundary line corresponding ridge line deriving unit 28 determines the boundary line corresponding ridge line EL1d corresponding to the boundary line EL1 in the deformed deformed surface A1d surface. The boundary line identification information and the deformation instruction document primarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13 and the deformation instruction information on the deformation surface A1 obtained by the section 4 and temporarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13 are obtained ( S133).

以下、接続隣接面生成の場合における境界線EL1の代わりに、境界線対応稜線EL1dを用いて、突き出し領域消去手段29が、変形面突き出し領域を消去する(S134)。さらに、稜線整合手段30が、変形面維持領域の境界線対応稜線に接続していた稜線を、交線LI61の端点EP61daとEP61dbとにそれぞれ整合するように矯正する(S136)。最後に、整合接続面生成手段31が、変形面維持領域のうち、矯正した変形面整合稜線と、交線LI61と、により画定される領域を整合接続変形面とし、この整合接続変形面以外の変形面維持領域を消去して、交線LI61に接続する接続変形面を生成する(S138)。   Hereinafter, the projecting area erasing means 29 erases the deformed surface projecting area using the boundary line corresponding edge line EL1d instead of the boundary line EL1 in the case of generating the connection adjacent surface (S134). Further, the ridge line matching means 30 corrects the ridge lines that have been connected to the boundary line corresponding ridge lines of the deformed surface maintaining region so as to be aligned with the end points EP61da and EP61db of the intersection line LI61, respectively (S136). Finally, the matching connection surface generating means 31 sets the region defined by the corrected deformation surface alignment ridge line and the intersection line LI61 among the deformation surface maintaining regions as the matching connection deformation surface, and other than the matching connection deformation surface. The deformation surface maintaining area is erased, and a connection deformation surface connected to the intersection line LI61 is generated (S138).

設計データがメッシュ節点群により構成されたものであった場合、この接続変形面が終了した後、このメッシュ節点によって分割されたパッチを統合させて勾配面ごとに面を表現する設計データを得ることが好ましい。このパッチの統合処理は、CADにおいて広く知られた方法により行うことができる。この新たな設計データは、演算部2により画像信号処理され、その設計データが示す形状が表示部5に表示される。以上により、設計データの生成が終了する(S140)。   If the design data is composed of mesh nodes, after this connected deformation surface is completed, the patches divided by this mesh node are integrated to obtain design data that represents the surface for each gradient surface Is preferred. This patch integration processing can be performed by a method widely known in CAD. The new design data is subjected to image signal processing by the calculation unit 2, and the shape indicated by the design data is displayed on the display unit 5. Thus, the generation of design data is completed (S140).

以上の方法によれば、設計者等の変形指示が、変形後の変形面と隣接面とを交差させるものであっても、その交差線から突き出した変形面の突き出し領域を自動的に消去し、変形面において突き出した領域が無い有用な形状の設計データを効率的に作成することができる。   According to the above method, even if the deformation instruction of the designer etc. crosses the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface, the protruding area of the deformed surface protruding from the intersecting line is automatically deleted. It is possible to efficiently create design data having a useful shape with no protruding area on the deformation surface.

上記説明した、接続隣接面の生成と、この接続変形面の生成とにより、設計者等の変形指示が、変形後の変形面と隣接面とを交差させるものであっても、その交差線から突き出した突き出し領域を自動的に消去し、新たな形状の有用な形状の設計データを効率的に作成することができる。   Even if the deformation instruction by the designer or the like intersects the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface by the generation of the connection adjacent surface described above and the generation of the connection deformation surface, from the intersection line The protruding area that protrudes can be automatically deleted, and design data of a new shape and a useful shape can be efficiently created.

以上の説明において、接続隣接面と接続変形面との生成を独立にするものとしたが、例えば、先に隣接面の境界節点が交線上の対応点に移動して隣接面突き出し領域を消去した場合、変形後の変形面の境界線対応稜線上の境界節点対応点を、交線上の対応する境界節点まで移動させてこの境界節点対応点の連なりで規定される線を接続変形面の外縁を規定する線として、変形面突き出し領域を消去させるものとしてもよい。   In the above description, the generation of the connection adjacent surface and the connection deformation surface is assumed to be independent. For example, the boundary node of the adjacent surface first moves to the corresponding point on the intersection line, and the adjacent surface protrusion area is deleted. In this case, the boundary node corresponding point on the edge corresponding to the boundary line of the deformed deformation surface is moved to the corresponding boundary node on the intersection line, and the line defined by the series of the boundary node corresponding points is connected to the outer edge of the connecting deformation surface. As the defining line, the deformation surface protrusion region may be erased.

このように変形後の変形面と隣接面とが交差する場合に、変形後の変形面および隣接面の突き出し領域を消去させるか否かは、設計データ取得部3が取得した設計データおよび変形指示取得部4が取得した変形指示に基づいて、突き出し領域消去手段29が判断するものとしても良いし、変形後の変形面と隣接面との交差関係を設計者等が表示部5を参照して判断し、変形指示取得部4を介して突き出し領域を消去指示し、変形指示取得部4がその指示を取得するものとしても良い。いずれの判断に基づいて突き出し領域の消去を行うかの指示は、変形面の変形に先立って、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から取得し、設計データ生成システム1のRAM12、記憶装置13等に予め一次記憶させる。この一次記憶された指示データにしたがって、突き出し領域消去手段29は、設計データの演算を行う。   In this way, when the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect with each other, whether to delete the deformed deformed surface and the protruding area of the adjacent surface is determined by the design data and the deformation instruction acquired by the design data acquiring unit 3 Based on the deformation instruction acquired by the acquisition unit 4, the protruding area erasing unit 29 may determine, or the designer or the like refers to the display unit 5 to determine the cross relationship between the deformation surface after deformation and the adjacent surface. It is also possible to make a determination and instruct the deletion of the protruding area via the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 and the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires the instruction. An instruction to delete the protruding area based on which judgment is acquired by the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 from the designer or the like prior to deformation of the deformation surface, and the RAM 12 and the storage device 13 of the design data generation system 1. Etc. in advance. In accordance with the temporarily stored instruction data, the protruding area erasing means 29 calculates design data.

また、上記では、第2の実施形態と第3の実施形態とを独立して説明したが、第2の実施形態と第3の実施形態とを組み合わせて新たな設計データを生成することが好ましい。第2の実施形態と第3の実施形態を組み合わせた新たな形状の設計データの生成方法を、図17に示す形状のf面断面が図20とは異なり、図27(a)に示すようなものである場合を例に説明する。まず、第2の実施形態の方法により、変形面A1b面を隣接面A2面まで面なりに伸ばし、変形後の変形面A1b面と隣接面A2面との離間を接続する。隣接面A2面と面なりに伸ばした変形面A1b面とが図27(b)に示すような関係にある場合、隣接面A2面の交線LI21より境界節点NP23を含む領域は突き出し領域である。この場合引き続き、第3の実施形態の方法を適用して、この突き出し領域を消去する。変形後の変形面と隣接面とどちらの面を面なりに延長させて離間を解消するかは、接続面生成手段24が、設計データおよび変形指示に基づいて判断する。このように第2の実施形態と第3の実施形態の設計データ生成方法を用いることにより、変形後の変形面と隣接面とが離間する場合であっても、面なりで延長した面の生成と突き出し領域の消去とを自動的に行うことができ、その離間を解消し、突き出し領域を有さない有用な形状の設計データを効率的に生成することができる。   In the above description, the second embodiment and the third embodiment have been described independently. However, it is preferable to generate new design data by combining the second embodiment and the third embodiment. . A method for generating design data of a new shape combining the second embodiment and the third embodiment is different from FIG. 20 in the f-plane cross section of the shape shown in FIG. 17 as shown in FIG. An example will be described. First, by the method of the second embodiment, the deformed surface A1b surface is extended to the adjacent surface A2 surface, and the distance between the deformed deformed surface A1b surface and the adjacent surface A2 surface is connected. When the adjacent surface A2 surface and the deformed surface A1b surface extended in a plane are in the relationship as shown in FIG. 27B, the region including the boundary node NP23 is an protruding region from the intersection line LI21 of the adjacent surface A2 surface. . In this case, the protruding area is erased by applying the method of the third embodiment. The connection surface generation unit 24 determines which surface is to be extended as a surface after the deformation and whether the separation is eliminated or not based on the design data and the deformation instruction. Thus, by using the design data generation method of the second embodiment and the third embodiment, even when the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface are separated from each other, generation of a surface that is extended as a surface is generated. And the protrusion area can be automatically deleted, the separation can be eliminated, and design data having a useful shape without the protrusion area can be efficiently generated.

[勾配面以外の面への適用]
以上説明した、第1、第2、および第3の実施形態の設計データ生成方法は、勾配面で表現された設計データを元にした変形による勾配面で表現される新たな形状の設計データの生成を例に説明したが、本発明は、勾配面で表現された設計データに限らず、CADにおける広く一般の面の変形による新たな面の生成に適用できる。
[Apply to non-gradient surfaces]
The design data generation method according to the first, second, and third embodiments described above is for the design data of a new shape expressed by a gradient surface by deformation based on the design data expressed by the gradient surface. Although generation has been described as an example, the present invention is not limited to design data expressed by a gradient surface, but can be applied to generation of a new surface by deformation of a general surface in CAD.

以下、本発明の第1の実施形態の設計データの生成方法の勾配面以外の面で構成された設計データへの適用を説明する。ここで、図28(a)に示すように、H1面、H2面、およびH3面で構成される形状Hの設計データに対して、図28(b)で示すように、H1面、H2面、およびH3面を変形面として移動させる変形を行った場合を例に説明する。H1面、H2面、およびH3面は、勾配面ではなく、各面の四隅の点の指定座標により規定される面である。H1面の移動後のH1面xとH2面の移動後のH2x面とは離間し、H1面xとH3面の移動後のH3x面とは離間し、H2x面とH3x面とは離間する。   Hereinafter, application of the design data generation method according to the first embodiment of the present invention to design data composed of surfaces other than the gradient surface will be described. Here, as shown in FIG. 28 (a), as shown in FIG. 28 (b), the H1 surface, the H2 surface, and the design data of the shape H composed of the H1, H2, and H3 surfaces. A case where the deformation is performed by moving the H3 surface as the deformation surface will be described as an example. The H1, H2, and H3 planes are not gradient planes, but are planes defined by the designated coordinates of the four corner points of each plane. The H1 plane x after the movement of the H1 plane is separated from the H2x plane after the movement of the H2 plane, the H1 plane x is separated from the H3x plane after the movement of the H3 plane, and the H2x plane and the H3x plane are separated from each other.

接続面生成手段24は、図3に示す設計データ生成フローに従い設計者等の変形指示に応じて行った変形面の変形によって生じた面の離間を接続する接続面の生成を行う。   The connection surface generation unit 24 generates a connection surface that connects the separation of the surfaces caused by the deformation of the deformation surface performed according to the deformation instruction of the designer or the like according to the design data generation flow shown in FIG.

まず、設計者等の変形指示に応じて行う変形面の変形前に、境界節点付与手段21は、取得した変形指示情報、および設計データに基づいて、この変形によって離間することになる境界線(L12、L23、およびL13)上にそれぞれ所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する(S106)。   First, before the deformation surface is deformed according to the deformation instruction of the designer or the like, the boundary node providing means 21 is based on the acquired deformation instruction information and design data, and the boundary line ( L12, L23, and L13) are given boundary nodes at predetermined intervals, respectively (S106).

次に、設計データ生成システム1の変形手段22は、変形面H1面、H2面、およびH3面を、図28(b)に示すように、変形指示に応じて変形し(S108)、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、変形面(H1面、H2面、およびH3面)上に境界節点に対応する対応点を導出する(S110)。ここでは、例として、境界節点HB12に対応する、変形後の変形面H1x面上のNB12nと変形後の変形面H2x面上のNb12mとを示し、さらに境界節点NB14に対応する変形後の変形面H1x面上のNB14nと変形後の変形面H2x面上のNB14m、および変形後の変形面H3x面上のNB14lを示している。次に、図28(c)に示すように、接続面生成手段24は、境界節点に対応する境界節点対応点同士(例えば、NB12nとNB12m、およびNB14nとNB14mとNB14l)をそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面H12面、H23面、およびH123面を生成する(S112)。このように生成された接続面を新たな物品形状を構成する面に含めることにより、設計者等の変形指示に応じて行った変形によって生じた面間の離間を解消する形状の設計データを生成することができる。境界節点HB14のように、変形前に3以上の面に属する境界節点が、変形により離間することとなった場合でも、これらの離間した3つ以上の面上に境界節点対応点が導出され、これらの境界節点対応点を結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面H123を生成することができる。   Next, the deformation means 22 of the design data generation system 1 deforms the deformation surfaces H1, H2, and H3 according to the deformation instruction (S108) as shown in FIG. Corresponding point deriving means 23 derives corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes on the deformation surfaces (H1, H2, and H3 surfaces) (S110). Here, as an example, NB12n on the deformation surface H1x after deformation and Nb12m on the deformation surface H2x surface corresponding to the boundary node HB12 are shown, and further, the deformation surface after deformation corresponding to the boundary node NB14 is shown. NB14n on the H1x plane, NB14m on the deformed deformed surface H2x, and NB141 on the deformed deformed surface H3x are shown. Next, as shown in FIG. 28 (c), the connection surface generating means 24 is a series of lines connecting the boundary node corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes (for example, NB12n and NB12m, and NB14n, NB14m, and NB141). The connection surface H12 surface, H23 surface, and H123 surface defined by are generated (S112). By including the connection surface generated in this way in the surface that constitutes a new article shape, design data of the shape that eliminates the separation between the surfaces caused by the deformation performed according to the deformation instruction of the designer etc. is generated can do. Even when boundary nodes belonging to three or more surfaces before deformation are separated by deformation, such as the boundary node HB14, boundary node corresponding points are derived on these three or more separated surfaces, It is possible to generate a connection surface H123 defined by a series of lines connecting these boundary node corresponding points.

上記の境界節点対応点導出ステップ(S110)において、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、変形した変形面上に境界節点対応点を導出し、この境界節点と境界節点対応点を結ぶ線の連なりにより接続面を生成するものとしたが、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、隣接面上に、境界線に接続する稜線の境界線と反対側の端点を設計データに基づいて境界節点対応点として導出し、この隣接面上の境界節点対応点と、変形後の変形面上の境界節点対応線とを結ぶ線の連なりにより規定される面を、変形後の変形面の形状を優先して変形後の変形面と隣接面との離間を解消する形状の設計データを得ることとしてもよい。   In the boundary node corresponding point deriving step (S110), the boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 derives a boundary node corresponding point on the deformed deformed surface, and a series of lines connecting the boundary node and the boundary node corresponding point. Although the connection surface is generated, the boundary node corresponding point deriving unit 23 derives the end point opposite to the boundary line of the ridge line connected to the boundary line as the boundary node corresponding point on the adjacent surface based on the design data. The surface defined by the continuous line connecting the boundary node corresponding point on the adjacent surface and the boundary node corresponding line on the deformed surface after the deformation is given with priority given to the shape of the deformed deformed surface. It is also possible to obtain design data of a shape that eliminates the separation between the deformed surface and the adjacent surface.

例えば、変形前には、図29(a)に示すようにC面とD面とは隣接する関係にあり、その境界線上には境界節点(C1、C2、C3)が付与され、設計者等の変形指示により、変形面D面が、図29(b)に示すように変形したものとする。   For example, before deformation, the C plane and the D plane are adjacent to each other as shown in FIG. 29 (a), and boundary nodes (C1, C2, C3) are given on the boundary line, so that the designer, etc. It is assumed that the deformation surface D has been deformed as shown in FIG.

変形指示取得部4が、設計者等から変形面優先接合面指示を取得した場合、境界節点対応点導出手段23は、隣接面C面上の境界線に接続する稜線LCaおよびLCbの境界線と反対側の端点を設計データに基づいて、境界節点C1に対応する点としてC1’を導出し、境界節点C3に対応する点としてC3’を導出する。次に接続面生成手段24は、対応する境界節点対応点同士である、C1点に対応するC1’とD1点を結び、C3点に対応するC3’とD3を結び、これらを結ぶ線により規定される面C’面を生成する。このように隣接面であるC面を延ばす変形をさせた接続面を成し、離間したD面との間を接続した新たな形状の設計データを生成することができる。   When the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation surface priority joint surface instruction from a designer or the like, the boundary node corresponding point derivation unit 23 determines the boundary lines of the ridge lines LCa and LCb connected to the boundary line on the adjacent surface C surface. Based on the design data, C1 ′ is derived as a point corresponding to the boundary node C1, and C3 ′ is derived as a point corresponding to the boundary node C3. Next, the connection surface generation unit 24 connects C1 ′ and D1 point corresponding to the C1 point, which correspond to the corresponding boundary node corresponding points, connects C3 ′ and D3 corresponding to the C3 point, and is defined by a line connecting them. A plane C ′ to be generated is generated. Thus, it is possible to generate design data of a new shape that forms a connection surface that is deformed so as to extend the C surface that is the adjacent surface and connects the space with the separated D surface.

また、本発明の第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法における突き出し領域消去も勾配面以外の一般の面に適用することができる。この突き出し領域消去の勾配面以外の一般の面で構成された設計データへの適用を説明する。ここでは、設計データ取得部3が取得した設計データの示す形状を30(a)に示す、F1面とG1面により構成させる部品Eを例に説明する。F1面およびG1面は勾配面ではなく、所定の関数により規定された面とその面上の四隅の座標により画定された面である。この部品EのF1面を変形面として、図30(b)に示すF1a面に変形させる変形指示を変形指示取得部4が取得したものとすると、G1面のうち、F1a面と接する部分より外側のGa領域は、設計者の所望する新しい形状から突き出した面となる。このような場合、まず、第2の実施形態の設計データ生成方法で説明した突き出し領域消去と同様に、設計者等から変形指示を取得(S104)した後、境界線識別情報付与手段27は、設計者等の変形指示により規定される変形面F1面と隣接面G1面との境界線LF1Gに境界線識別情報を付与する(S130)。次に図30(b)に示すように設計者等から変形指示取得部4が取得した変形指示に基づいて、F1面をF1a面に変形させる(S132)。次に、境界線識別情報に基づいて、隣接面突き出し領域G1a領域を消去する(S134)。図30(b)に示す形状の例では、変形後の変形面F1a面の境界線に接続する稜線が構成に整合しているので、境界線に接続する稜線を交線に整合するように矯正(S136)しない。   Further, the protrusion area elimination in the design data generation method according to the third embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to general surfaces other than the gradient surface. A description will be given of the application of the protruding region erasing to design data composed of general surfaces other than the gradient surface. Here, a description will be given by taking as an example a component E that is configured by the F1 surface and the G1 surface, and the shape indicated by the design data acquired by the design data acquiring unit 3 is shown in 30 (a). The F1 plane and the G1 plane are not gradient planes, but are planes defined by a plane defined by a predetermined function and the coordinates of four corners on the plane. Assuming that the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 has acquired a deformation instruction for deforming the part E into the F1 surface shown in FIG. 30B using the F1 surface as a deformation surface, outside the portion in contact with the F1a surface in the G1 surface. The Ga region is a surface protruding from a new shape desired by the designer. In such a case, first, similarly to the protruding area deletion described in the design data generation method of the second embodiment, after obtaining a deformation instruction from the designer or the like (S104), the boundary line identification information adding unit 27 The boundary line identification information is given to the boundary line LF1G between the deformed surface F1 surface and the adjacent surface G1 surface defined by the designer's deformation instructions (S130). Next, as shown in FIG. 30B, the F1 surface is deformed to the F1a surface based on the deformation instruction acquired by the deformation instruction acquiring unit 4 from the designer or the like (S132). Next, the adjacent surface protrusion area G1a area is erased based on the boundary line identification information (S134). In the example of the shape shown in FIG. 30B, since the ridge line connected to the boundary line of the deformed deformation surface F1a is matched to the configuration, the ridge line connected to the boundary line is corrected to match the intersecting line. (S136) No.

演算部2は、この指示変形形状修正処理完了後の設計データを画像信号処理し、表示部5に部品F形状およびG形状の突き出し領域消去後の形状を表示させる。このように、本発明の第2の実施形態における突き出し領域の消去は、勾配面で表現された設計データに限らず、CADにおける広く一般の面の変形による新たな形状の設計データの生成に適用できる。   The calculation unit 2 performs image signal processing on the design data after the completion of the instruction deformation shape correction process, and causes the display unit 5 to display the shape after removing the protruding regions of the part F shape and the G shape. As described above, the removal of the protruding region in the second embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the design data expressed by the gradient surface, but is applied to the generation of design data having a new shape by the deformation of a general surface in CAD. it can.

また、本発明の第1の実施形態の設計データ生成方法の説明において、変形指示取得部4が、2以上の面を離間させる変形指示を取得した場合を例にしたが、特に、一の面であった基準形状に段差を付ける変形に本発明の第1の実施形態の設計データ生成方法は有用である。   In the description of the design data generation method according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the case where the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 acquires a deformation instruction for separating two or more surfaces is described as an example. The design data generation method according to the first embodiment of the present invention is useful for the modification of adding a step to the reference shape.

図31は、I1面とI2面とで構成される形状において、I2面を分割し、段差を設ける場合への本発明の第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の適用例を示す図である。図31(a)に示すように、変形指示取得部4が、設計者等からI2面を点線で示す線においてI2a面とI2b面とに分割するという変形指示を取得したものとする(S104)。ここでは、変形の一例として、図31(c)に示すように、I2a面を上に持ち上げる変形指示を設計者等から変形指示取得部4が取得したものとしている。次に、境界節点付与手段21は、I2a面とI2b面との境界線L12上と、I2a面とI1面との境界線L12a上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する(S106)。ここでは、図31(b)に示すように、この境界線L12上にNB1、NB2、NB3、およびNB4の4つの境界節点を生成し、境界線L12a上にNB1の他にNB5およびNB6の2つの境界節点を生成した例を示す。   FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an application example of the design data generation method according to the first embodiment of the present invention to the case where the I2 plane is divided and the step is provided in the shape constituted by the I1 plane and the I2 plane. is there. As shown in FIG. 31A, it is assumed that the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 has acquired a deformation instruction to divide the I2 surface into a I2a surface and an I2b surface along a dotted line from a designer or the like (S104). . Here, as an example of deformation, as illustrated in FIG. 31C, it is assumed that the deformation instruction acquisition unit 4 has acquired a deformation instruction for lifting the I2a surface upward from a designer or the like. Next, the boundary node assigning means 21 assigns boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on the boundary line L12 between the I2a plane and the I2b plane and on the boundary line L12a between the I2a plane and the I1 plane (S106). Here, as shown in FIG. 31 (b), four boundary nodes NB1, NB2, NB3, and NB4 are generated on the boundary line L12, and 2 of NB5 and NB6 in addition to NB1 on the boundary line L12a. An example of generating two boundary nodes is shown.

次に、変形手段22が、図31(c)に示すように、変形指示に応じて、変形面I2a面を上に持ち上げる変形を行い(S108)、さらに、境界節点対応点導出手段23が、変形面I2ax面上に境界節点(NB1、NB2、NB3、NB4、NB5、およびNB6)に対応する対応点(NB1a、NB2a、NB3a、NB4a、NB5a、およびNB6a)を導出する(S110)。   Next, as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the deformation means 22 performs a deformation for lifting the deformation surface I2a upward according to the deformation instruction (S108), and the boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 Corresponding points (NB1a, NB2a, NB3a, NB4a, NB5a, and NB6a) corresponding to the boundary nodes (NB1, NB2, NB3, NB4, NB5, and NB6) are derived on the deformation surface I2ax (S110).

そして、接続面生成手段24は、隣接面の境界節点(NB1、NB2、NB3、およびNB4)と、この境界節点に対応する変形後の変形面I2ax面の境界節点対応点(NB1a、NB2a、NB3a、およびNB4a)とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される接続面I2axb面を生成する(S112)。   Then, the connection surface generation means 24 includes the boundary nodes (NB1, NB2, NB3, and NB4) of the adjacent surfaces and the boundary node corresponding points (NB1a, NB2a, NB3a) of the deformed deformation surface I2ax surface corresponding to the boundary nodes. , And NB4a), a connection surface I2axb surface defined by a series of lines connecting them is generated (S112).

ここで、I1面の変形後の変形面I2ax面と接続面I2axb面とで画定された斜線で示す領域I1axは、このI1面、I2b面、I2ax面、およびI2axb面とで構成される形状において、不要な突き出し領域であるとした場合、変形面I2a面の変形前に境界線L12aに境界線識別情報を付与し(S130)、突き出し領域消去手段29は、変形面の変形後に、隣接面I1面と変形後の変形面I2ax面との交線LI2axを、設計データおよびRAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶されているI2ax面を規定する関数等に基づいて導出し、さらに、隣接面I1面と接続面I2axb面との交線L12axを設計データおよびRAM12もしくは記憶装置13に一次記憶されているL12axb面を規定する関数等に基づいて導出し、この交線L12axとL12axbとによって仕切られる領域I1axを突き出し領域として隣接面I1の面設計データから消去する。本発明によれば、このようにして一の面であった基準形状に段差を設ける変形を行った場合に、その段差を接続する面を自動的に生成することができる。   Here, a region I1ax indicated by oblique lines defined by the deformed surface I2ax surface and the connecting surface I2axb surface after the deformation of the I1 surface has a shape constituted by the I1 surface, the I2b surface, the I2ax surface, and the I2axb surface. If it is an unnecessary protruding area, boundary line identification information is given to the boundary line L12a before the deformation surface I2a is deformed (S130), and the protruding area erasing means 29 performs the adjacent surface I1 after the deformation of the deformed surface. A line LI2ax between the surface and the deformed deformed surface I2ax surface is derived based on the design data and a function that defines the I2ax surface that is primarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13, and further, the adjacent surface I1 surface The intersection line L12ax with the connection surface I2axb surface is used as design data and a function that defines the L12axb surface that is primarily stored in the RAM 12 or the storage device 13. Zui derive, erase the surface design data of the adjacent surfaces I1 as a region projected area I1ax partitioned by the the intersection line L12ax and L12axb. According to the present invention, in the case where a deformation is performed to provide a step in the reference shape that was one surface in this way, a surface that connects the step can be automatically generated.

また、図31(c)の例では、変形面I2a面が上に持ち上がる変形を例に説明したが、次に図31(d)に示すように下に下がる変形における接続面の生成を説明する。変形面I2a面が下に下がってI2ay面のようになると、持ち上げ変形と同様に、I2ay面と隣接面I2b面との離間を接続するI2ayb面が生成される。一方、この変形の場合には、変形前に隣接していたI1面と変形面I2a面とも変形面I2a面の変形により、離間することになる。この離間も、境界節点付与手段21が、境界線L12a上に境界節点NB1、NB5、およびNB6を生成し、そして、境界節点対応点導出手段23が、変形後の変形面上に境界節点対応点(NB1y、NB5y、およびNB6y)を導出し、接続面生成手段24がこれらの境界節点境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線によって規定される面を接続面I1ay面を生成する。   Further, in the example of FIG. 31C, the deformation surface I2a is lifted up as an example. Next, as shown in FIG. 31D, the generation of the connection surface in the downward deformation is described. . When the deformed surface I2a is lowered to become the I2ay surface, an I2ayb surface that connects the separation between the I2ay surface and the adjacent surface I2b is generated in the same manner as the lifting deformation. On the other hand, in the case of this deformation, the I1 surface and the deformation surface I2a adjacent to each other before the deformation are separated by deformation of the deformation surface I2a. Also in this separation, the boundary node providing means 21 generates boundary nodes NB1, NB5, and NB6 on the boundary line L12a, and the boundary node corresponding point deriving means 23 is the boundary node corresponding point on the deformed surface after the deformation. (NB1y, NB5y, and NB6y) are derived, and the connection surface generation unit 24 generates a connection surface I1ay surface by defining the surfaces defined by the lines connecting the boundary node boundary node corresponding points.

以上のように、設計データ、変形指示、および境界節点に付与した識別情報に基づいて接続面ならびに延長面の生成を行い、設計データ、変形指示、境界線識別情報に基づいて突き出し領域の消去ならびに稜線に整合を行うことができるため、本発明に係る設計データ生成方法は、勾配面に限らず、広く一般の面に適用することができ、新たな物品形状の設計データの生成を既存の物品形状設計データに基づいて効率的に行うことができる。   As described above, the connection surface and the extension surface are generated based on the design data, the deformation instruction, and the identification information given to the boundary node, and the protrusion area is erased based on the design data, the deformation instruction, and the boundary line identification information. Since the edge line can be aligned, the design data generation method according to the present invention can be applied not only to the gradient surface but also to a general surface, and the generation of design data for a new article shape can be applied to an existing article. This can be done efficiently based on the shape design data.

本発明の設計データ生成システムの構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the design data generation system of this invention. 本発明の設計データ生成システムに用いられるハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the hardware constitutions used for the design data generation system of this invention. 本発明の第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法を概略的に示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows roughly the design data generation method which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 変形の基準形状の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the reference | standard shape of a deformation | transformation. 基準線変形を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating a reference line deformation | transformation. 抜き方向変更を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the extraction direction change. 勾配角変更を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating gradient angle change. 境界節点付与の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of border node provision. 基準線、抜き方向ベクトル、および勾配角θと、勾配平面法線ベクトルnとの関係を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship between a reference line, a drawing direction vector, gradient angle (theta), and gradient plane normal vector n. 変形対象面における外縁節点の移動を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the movement of the outer edge node in a deformation | transformation object surface. 移動後の変形面外縁線の位置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the position of the deformation surface outer edge line after a movement. 抜き方向変更による外縁節点の変形基準線に対する位置を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the position with respect to the deformation | transformation reference line of the outer edge node by a drawing direction change. 勾配角変更前の外縁節点Pから、勾配角変更による点Pcへの移動を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the movement from the outer edge node P before gradient angle change to the point Pc by gradient angle change. 勾配平面上の移動前の外縁節点Pの、勾配角変更指示による移動先である点との関係を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship with the point which is the movement destination by the gradient angle change instruction | indication of the outer edge node P before the movement on a gradient plane. 変形面におけるメッシュ節点生成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the mesh node production | generation in a deformation | transformation surface. メッシュ節点の移動を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the movement of a mesh node. 変形後の変形面と隣接面とが離間した形状の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the shape where the deformation | transformation surface after a deformation | transformation and the adjacent surface separated. 接続面の生成を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the production | generation of a connection surface. 本発明の第2の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows roughly an example of the design data generation method which concerns on the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 変形後の変形面と隣接面とが離間した一例の形状の断面を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the cross section of an example of the shape where the deformation | transformation surface after a deformation | transformation and the adjacent surface left | separated. 延長面と接続面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an extension surface and a connection surface. 延長面と接続面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an extension surface and a connection surface. 変形後の変形面と隣接面との交差の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the intersection of the deformation | transformation surface after a deformation | transformation, and an adjacent surface. 隣接面の突き出し領域を消去する本発明の第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows roughly an example of the design data generation method which concerns on the 3rd Embodiment of this invention which erase | eliminates the protrusion area | region of an adjacent surface. 突き出し領域の消去を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating deletion of a protrusion area | region. 変形後の変形面の突き出し領域を消去する本発明の第3の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の一例を概略的に示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows roughly an example of the design data generation method which concerns on the 3rd Embodiment of this invention which erase | eliminates the protrusion area | region of the deformation surface after a deformation | transformation. 変形後の変形面と隣接面との離間の断面の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the cross section of the space | interval with the deformation | transformation surface after a deformation | transformation, and an adjacent surface. 本発明の第1の実施形態の設計データの生成方法における接続面生成の勾配面以外の面で構成された設計データへの適用を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the application to the design data comprised by surfaces other than the gradient surface of the connection surface production | generation in the design data production | generation method of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 変形後の変形面の形状を優先した接続面の生成を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the production | generation of the connection surface which gave priority to the shape of the deformation surface after a deformation | transformation. 本発明の第3の実施形態の設計データの生成方法におけるの突き出し領域消去の勾配面以外の面で構成された設計データへの適用を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the application to the design data comprised by surfaces other than the gradient surface of the protrusion area | region elimination in the production | generation method of the design data of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 段差を設ける場合の本発明の第1の実施形態に係る設計データ生成方法の適用の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of application of the design data generation method which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention in the case of providing a level | step difference.

符号の説明Explanation of symbols

1 設計データ生成システム、2 演算部、3 設計データ取得部、4 変形指示取得部、5 表示部、10 CPU、11 ROM、12 RAM、13 記憶装置、14 入力装置、15 表示装置、21 境界節点付与手段、22 変形手段、23 境界節点対応点導出手段、24 接続面生成手段、25 交線導出手段、26 延長面画定手段、27 境界線識別情報付与手段、28 境界線対応稜線導出手段、29 突き出し領域消去手段、30 稜線整合手段、31 整合接続面生成手段。   DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Design data generation system 2 Calculation part 3 Design data acquisition part 4 Deformation instruction acquisition part 5 Display part 10 CPU, 11 ROM, 12 RAM, 13 Storage device, 14 Input device, 15 Display device, 21 Boundary node Giving means, 22 Deformation means, 23 Boundary node corresponding point derivation means, 24 Connection surface generation means, 25 Intersection line derivation means, 26 Extension surface definition means, 27 Boundary line identification information provision means, 28 Boundary line corresponding ridge line derivation means, 29 Projection area erasing means, 30 ridge line alignment means, 31 alignment connection surface generation means.

Claims (12)

物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、
前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、
を備え、
前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、
前記演算部は、
(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段と、
(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、
(3)前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出手段と、
(4)前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出手段と、
(5)前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定手段と、
(6)前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出手段と、
(7)前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成手段と、
を有し、
前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成システム。
A design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition unit that acquires design data for defining an article shape in accordance with an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit for acquiring a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data in response to an input;
A calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction;
With
The deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface designation for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction,
The computing unit is
(1) Boundary node providing means for providing boundary nodes at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
(2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
(3) A boundary node corresponding point deriving unit on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation;
(4) An intersection line deriving means for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after deformation,
(5) A boundary ridge line extending a boundary connection ridge line connected to the boundary line of the adjacent surface to the intersection line, the boundary line, and the adjacent line extending from the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface by the boundary line An adjacent surface extension surface defining means for defining a surface;
(6) Inter-boundary boundary node corresponding point deriving means for obtaining on-intersection boundary node corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface;
(7) Deformation surface connection surface generating means for generating a deformation surface connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the deformation surface boundary node corresponding points and the intersection boundary boundary node corresponding points,
Have
A design data generation system that generates design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the adjacent surface extension surface, the deformed deformed surface, and the deformed surface connecting surface.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、
前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、
を備え、
前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、
前記演算部は、
(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与手段と、
(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、
(3)前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出手段と、
(4)前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出手段と、
(5)前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定手段と、
(6)前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出手段と、
(7)前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成手段と、
を有し、
前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成システム。
A design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition unit that acquires design data for defining an article shape in accordance with an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit for acquiring a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data in response to an input;
A calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction;
With
The deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface designation for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction,
The computing unit is
(1) Boundary node providing means for providing boundary nodes at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
(2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
(3) A boundary node corresponding point deriving unit on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation;
(4) An intersection line deriving means for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after deformation,
(5) A boundary ridge line extending a boundary connection ridge line connected to the boundary line of the deformed surface after deformation to the intersecting line, the boundary line, and the intersecting line from an infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface Deformation surface extension surface defining means for defining the deformation surface extension surface;
(6) On-intersection boundary node corresponding point deriving means for obtaining on-intersection boundary node corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes on the intersection line;
(7) Adjacent surface connection surface generating means for generating an adjacent surface connection surface defined by a series of lines respectively connecting the boundary node and the boundary node corresponding point on the intersection line;
Have
A design data generation system that generates design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after deformation, the deformed surface extension surface, and the adjacent surface connection surface.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、
前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、
を備え、
前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、
前記演算部は、
(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与手段と、
(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、
(3)前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去手段と、
(4)前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合手段と、
(5)前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成手段と、
を有し、
前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与手段は、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、
前記隣接面稜線整合手段は、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成システム。
A design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition unit that acquires design data for defining an article shape in accordance with an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit for acquiring a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data in response to an input;
A calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction;
With
The deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface designation for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction,
The computing unit is
(1) Boundary line identification information providing means for providing boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
(2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
(3) The deformed surface after the deformation and the adjacent surface intersect, and the adjacent surface includes an adjacent surface protruding region including the boundary line by the intersection line and an extension line thereof, and an adjacent surface not including the boundary line. When divided into maintenance areas, based on the boundary line identification information, adjacent surface protrusion area erasing means for deleting the adjacent surface protrusion area,
(4) Adjacent surface ridge line aligning means for correcting the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining region connected to the intersecting line and its extension line so as to align with an end point of the intersecting line;
(5) Of the adjacent surface maintaining region, an aligned connection adjacent surface generating means for generating an aligned connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersecting line;
Have
Generating design data of a new shape including the deformed surface after the deformation and the matching connection adjacent surface ;
The boundary line identification information giving means gives boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line,
The adjacent surface ridge line matching means associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and connects the boundary line end point to the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point. A design data generation system characterized by aligning the adjacent surface ridge lines .
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成システムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得部と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得部と、
前記取得した変形指示に応じて前記設計データに対する変形処理を行う演算部と、
を備え、
前記変形指示取得部は、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を変形指示として取得し、
前記演算部は、
(1)前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与手段と、
(2)前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形手段と、
(3)前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出手段と、
(4)前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去手段と、
(5)前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合手段と、
(6)前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成手段と、
を有し、
前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与手段は、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報を付与し、
前記変形面稜線整合手段は、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成システム。
A design data generation system that generates design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition unit that acquires design data for defining an article shape in accordance with an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit for acquiring a deformation instruction for a surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data in response to an input;
A calculation unit that performs a deformation process on the design data in accordance with the acquired deformation instruction;
With
The deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface designation for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface as a deformation instruction,
The computing unit is
(1) Boundary line identification information providing means for providing boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
(2) deformation means for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
(3) Boundary line corresponding ridge line deriving means for obtaining a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line on the deformed surface after the deformation based on the boundary line identification information;
(4) The deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the deformed deformed surface includes a deformed surface protruding region including the boundary line corresponding ridge line by the intersection line and an extension line thereof, and the boundary line. When divided into a deformed surface maintaining area that does not include the corresponding ridge line, based on the boundary line identification information, deformed surface protrusion area erasing means for erasing the deformed surface protrusion area,
(5) Deformation surface ridge line alignment means for correcting the ridge line of the deformation surface maintenance region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to align with an end point of the intersection line;
(6) Of the deformation surface maintaining region, an alignment connection deformation surface generation means for generating an alignment connection deformation surface defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersection line;
Have
Generating design data of a new shape including the adjacent surface and the matching connection deformation surface ;
The boundary line identification information giving means gives boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line,
The deformation surface ridge line matching means associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and connects the boundary line end point to the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point. A design data generation system characterized by aligning the deformed surface ridge line .
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成方法であって、
設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、
変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、
演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成ステップと、
を含み、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成方法。
A design data generation method for generating design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition step, wherein the design data acquisition unit acquires design data defining the article shape according to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data. A transformation instruction acquisition step;
A calculation unit that provides a boundary node at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
A step of deriving a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation;
The calculation unit is an intersection line derivation step for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation,
The calculation unit is adjacent to an infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface by a boundary ridge line extending the boundary connection ridge line connected to the boundary line of the adjacent surface to the intersection line, the boundary line, and the intersection line. An adjacent surface extension surface defining step for defining a surface extension surface;
On the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface , the calculation unit obtains an intersection boundary node corresponding point on the intersection line corresponding to the boundary node,
The arithmetic unit includes a modified surface connecting surface generating step of generating a modified surface connection plane defined between the deformable surface on the boundary node corresponding point and the line of intersection on the boundary nodes corresponding points by a series of lines connecting each
Including
The design data, wherein the arithmetic unit generates design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the adjacent surface extension surface, the deformed deformed surface, and the deformed surface connecting surface. Generation method.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成方法であって、
設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、
変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、
演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成ステップと、
を含み、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成方法。
A design data generation method for generating design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition step, wherein the design data acquisition unit acquires design data defining the article shape according to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data. A transformation instruction acquisition step;
A calculation unit that provides a boundary node at a predetermined interval on a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
A step of deriving a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node on the deformation surface after the deformation;
The calculation unit is an intersection line derivation step for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation,
The arithmetic unit extends an infinite extension of the deformed surface by a boundary ridge line extending the boundary connecting ridge line connected to the boundary line of the deformed deformed surface to the intersecting line, the boundary line, and the intersecting line. A deformation surface extension surface defining step for defining a deformation surface extension surface from the surface;
The calculation unit is a step of deriving intersection boundary line corresponding points corresponding to the boundary nodes corresponding to the boundary nodes, respectively.
The calculation unit generates an adjacent surface connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the boundary node and the boundary node corresponding point on the intersection line, and an adjacent surface connection surface generation step,
Including
The design data, wherein the calculation unit generates design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after the deformation, the deformed surface extension surface, and the adjacent surface connecting surface. Generation method.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成方法であって、
設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、
変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、
演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成ステップと、
を含み、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、
前記隣接面稜線整合ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成方法。
A design data generation method for generating design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition step, wherein the design data acquisition unit acquires design data defining the article shape according to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data. A transformation instruction acquisition step;
A calculation unit, a boundary line identification information giving step for giving boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
The arithmetic unit includes the deformed deformation surface and the adjacent surface intersecting, and the adjacent surface does not include the adjacent surface protruding region including the boundary line by the intersection line and its extension line, and the boundary line. When divided into adjacent surface maintaining regions, based on the boundary line identification information, adjacent surface protruding region erasing step for deleting the adjacent surface protruding region,
An adjacent surface ridge line alignment step for correcting the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to align with the end point of the intersection line , the arithmetic unit ,
The operation unit generates a matching connection adjacent surface generation step for generating a matching connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the adjacent surface maintenance region, and
Including
The calculation unit generates design data of a new shape including the deformed surface after the deformation and the matching connection adjacent surface , and
In the boundary line identification information giving step, the calculation unit further gives boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line,
In the adjacent surface ridge line matching step, the calculation unit associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and sets the intersection line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point to the intersection line end point. A design data generation method comprising aligning the adjacent surface ridgeline connected to a boundary line end point .
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによって新たな形状の設計データを生成する設計データ生成方法であって、
設計データ取得部が、物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得ステップと、
変形指示取得部が、前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得ステップと、
演算部が、前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合ステップと、
前記演算部が、前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成ステップと、
を含み、
前記演算部が、前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、
前記変形面稜線整合ステップにおいて、前記演算部が、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成方法。
A design data generation method for generating design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
A design data acquisition step, wherein the design data acquisition unit acquires design data defining the article shape according to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition unit acquires a deformation surface specification for specifying a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data. A transformation instruction acquisition step;
A calculation unit, a boundary line identification information giving step for giving boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation step in which the arithmetic unit deforms the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
A boundary line corresponding ridge line derivation step in which the calculation unit obtains a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line on the deformed surface after the deformation based on the boundary line identification information;
The computing unit, the deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect, the deformed deformed surface includes the deformed surface protruding region including the boundary line corresponding ridge line by the intersection line and its extension line, and When divided into a deformed surface maintaining area not including a boundary line corresponding ridge line, based on the boundary line identification information, a deformed surface protrusion area erasing step for erasing the deformed surface protrusion area;
A deformation surface ridge line alignment step for correcting the ridge line of the deformation surface maintenance region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so that the arithmetic unit is aligned with an end point of the intersection line, and
The calculation unit generates an alignment connection deformation surface generating step defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the deformation surface maintenance region, and
Including
The calculation unit generates design data of a new shape including the adjacent surface and the matching connection deformation surface , and
In the boundary line identification information giving step, the calculation unit further gives boundary line end point identification information to the end points of the boundary line,
In the deformed surface ridge line matching step, the calculation unit associates the boundary line end point with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and sets the intersection line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point to the intersection line end point. A design data generation method comprising aligning the deformed surface ridge line connected to a boundary line end point .
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによる新たな形状の設計データの生成をコンピュータに実行させるための設計データ生成プログラムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、
前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与処理と、
前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、
前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出処理と、
前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出処理と、
前記隣接面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記隣接面の無限延長面から隣接面延長面を画定する隣接面延長面画定処理と、
前記隣接面延長面に含まれる前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出処理と、
前記変形面上境界節点対応点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される変形面接続面を生成する変形面接続面生成処理と、
をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面、前記隣接面延長面、前記変形後の前記変形面、および前記変形面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成プログラム。
A design data generation program for causing a computer to generate design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
Design data acquisition processing for acquiring design data that defines the shape of an article in response to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input, as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data,
A boundary node providing process for providing boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on a boundary line between the deformed surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface;
A deformation process for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
On the deformation surface after the deformation, a boundary node corresponding point derivation process on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node, and
An intersection line derivation process for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation;
A boundary ridge line extending a boundary connection ridge line connected to the boundary line of the adjacent surface to the intersection line, the boundary line, and the intersection line define an adjacent surface extension surface from the infinite extension surface of the adjacent surface An adjacent surface extension surface defining process,
On the intersection line included in the adjacent surface extension surface, on-intersection boundary node corresponding point derivation processing for obtaining each on-intersection boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node;
A deformation surface connection surface generation process for generating a deformation surface connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the deformation surface boundary node corresponding points and the intersection line boundary node corresponding points; and
And generating a design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the adjacent extended surface, the deformed deformed surface, and the deformed surface connecting surface. Data generation program.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによる新たな形状の設計データの生成をコンピュータに実行させるための設計データ生成プログラムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、
前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線上に所定の間隔で境界節点を付与する境界節点付与処理と、
前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、
前記変形後の変形面上に、前記境界節点に対応する変形面上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める変形面上境界節点対応点導出処理と、
前記隣接面の無限延長面と、前記変形後の変形面の無限延長面との交線を求める交線導出処理と、
前記変形後の変形面の前記境界線に接続する境界接続稜線を前記交線まで延長させた境界稜線延長線、前記境界線、および前記交線によって、前記変形面の無限延長面から変形面延長面を画定する変形面延長面画定処理と、
前記交線上に、前記境界節点に対応する交線上境界節点対応点をそれぞれ求める交線上境界節点対応点導出処理と、
前記境界節点と交線上境界節点対応点とをそれぞれ結ぶ線の連なりによって規定される隣接面接続面を生成する隣接面接続面生成処理と、
をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面、前記変形後の前記変形面、前記変形面延長面、および前記隣接面接続面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成することを特徴とする設計データ生成プログラム。
A design data generation program for causing a computer to generate design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
Design data acquisition processing for acquiring design data that defines the shape of an article in response to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input, as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data,
A boundary node providing process for providing boundary nodes at predetermined intervals on a boundary line between the deformed surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformed surface;
A deformation process for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
On the deformation surface after the deformation, a boundary node corresponding point derivation process on the deformation surface for obtaining a boundary node corresponding point on the deformation surface corresponding to the boundary node, and
An intersection line derivation process for obtaining an intersection line between the infinitely extended surface of the adjacent surface and the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface after the deformation;
The boundary connecting ridge line connected to the boundary line of the deformed deformed surface extends to the intersecting line, the boundary ridge line extending line, the boundary line, and the intersecting line to extend the deformed surface from the infinitely extended surface of the deformed surface. A deformed surface extension surface defining process for defining a surface;
On the intersection line, on-intersection boundary node corresponding point derivation processing for obtaining an on-intersection boundary node corresponding point corresponding to the boundary node, and
An adjacent surface connection surface generation process for generating an adjacent surface connection surface defined by a series of lines connecting the boundary node and the boundary node corresponding point on the intersection line;
And generating a design data having a new shape including the adjacent surface, the deformed surface after deformation, the deformed surface extension surface, and the adjacent surface connecting surface. Data generation program.
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによる新たな形状の設計データの生成をコンピュータに実行させるための設計データ生成プログラムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、
前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与処理と、
前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、
前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記隣接面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線を含む隣接面突き出し領域と、前記境界線を含まない隣接面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記隣接面突き出し領域を消去する隣接面突き出し領域消去処理と、
前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記隣接面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる隣接面稜線整合処理と、
前記隣接面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した隣接面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続隣接面を生成する整合接続隣接面生成処理と、
をコンピュータに実行させ、前記変形後の前記変形面および前記整合接続隣接面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与処理において、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、
前記隣接面稜線整合処理において、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記隣接面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成プログラム。
A design data generation program for causing a computer to generate design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
Design data acquisition processing for acquiring design data that defines the shape of an article in response to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input, as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data,
Boundary line identification information providing process for providing boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation process for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
The deformed surface after the deformation intersects the adjacent surface, and the adjacent surface includes an adjacent surface protruding region including the boundary line by the intersection line and an extension line thereof, and an adjacent surface maintaining region not including the boundary line. , The adjacent surface protrusion area erasing process for deleting the adjacent surface protrusion area, based on the boundary line identification information,
Adjacent surface ridge line alignment processing for correcting the ridge line of the adjacent surface maintaining region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to be aligned with the end point of the intersection line;
Of the adjacent surface maintaining region, a matching connection adjacent surface generation process for generating a matching connection adjacent surface defined by the corrected adjacent surface ridge line and the intersecting line;
To generate a design data of a new shape including the deformed surface after the deformation and the matching connection adjacent surface ,
In the boundary line identification information providing process, boundary line end point identification information is further added to the end points of the boundary line,
In the adjacent surface ridge line matching processing, the boundary line end point is associated with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point is connected to the boundary line end point. A design data generation program characterized by aligning the adjacent surface ridge lines .
物品形状の設計データに対して変形処理を施すことによる新たな形状の設計データの生成をコンピュータに実行させるための設計データ生成プログラムであって、
物品形状を規定する設計データを入力指示に応じて取得する設計データ取得処理と、
前記取得した設計データに基づく前記物品形状を構成する面に対する変形指示として、変形面を指定する変形面指定と、この変形面に対する変形指示と、を入力に応じて取得する変形指示取得処理と、
前記変形面とこの変形面に隣接する隣接面との境界線に境界線識別情報を付与する境界線識別情報付与処理と、
前記変形面を前記変形指示に応じて変形させる変形処理と、
前記変形後の変形面における前記境界線に対応する境界線対応稜線を、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて求める境界線対応稜線導出処理と、
前記変形後の変形面と前記隣接面とが交差し、前記変形後の変形面が、この交線およびその延長線により前記境界線対応稜線を含む変形面突き出し領域と、前記境界線対応稜線を含まない変形面維持領域とに分割される場合、前記境界線識別情報に基づいて、前記変形面突き出し領域を消去する変形面突き出し領域消去処理と、
前記交線およびその延長線に接続する、前記変形面維持領域の稜線を、前記交線の端点に整合するように矯正させる変形面稜線整合処理と、
前記変形面維持領域のうち、前記矯正した変形面稜線と、前記交線と、により画定される整合接続変形面を生成する整合接続変形面生成処理と、
をコンピュータに実行させ、前記隣接面および前記整合接続変形面を含み構成される新たな形状の設計データを生成すると共に、
前記境界線識別情報付与処理において、前記境界線の端点に境界線端点識別情報をさらに付与し、
前記変形面稜線整合処理において、前記境界線端点識別情報に基づいて、前記境界線端点と前記交線端点とを対応させ、この境界線端点と対応する前記交線端点にこの境界線端点に接続していた前記変形面稜線を整合させることを特徴とする設計データ生成プログラム。
A design data generation program for causing a computer to generate design data of a new shape by performing deformation processing on design data of an article shape,
Design data acquisition processing for acquiring design data that defines the shape of an article in response to an input instruction;
A deformation instruction acquisition process for acquiring a deformation surface designation for designating a deformation surface and a deformation instruction for the deformation surface according to an input, as a deformation instruction for the surface constituting the article shape based on the acquired design data,
Boundary line identification information providing process for providing boundary line identification information to a boundary line between the deformation surface and an adjacent surface adjacent to the deformation surface;
A deformation process for deforming the deformation surface according to the deformation instruction;
A boundary line corresponding ridge line derivation process for obtaining a boundary line corresponding ridge line corresponding to the boundary line on the deformed surface after the deformation based on the boundary line identification information;
The deformed deformed surface and the adjacent surface intersect, and the deformed deformed surface includes a deformed surface protruding region including the boundary line corresponding ridge line by the intersection line and an extension line thereof, and the boundary line corresponding ridge line. When it is divided into a deformed surface maintenance area not included, based on the boundary line identification information, a deformed surface protrusion area erasing process for erasing the deformed surface protrusion area,
Deformation surface ridge line alignment processing for correcting the ridge line of the deformation surface maintenance region connected to the intersection line and its extension line so as to be aligned with the end point of the intersection line;
An alignment connection deformation surface generation process for generating an alignment connection deformation surface defined by the corrected deformation surface ridge line and the intersecting line in the deformation surface maintenance region,
To generate a design data of a new shape including the adjacent surface and the matching connection deformation surface ,
In the boundary line identification information providing process, boundary line end point identification information is further added to the end points of the boundary line,
In the deformed surface ridge line matching process, the boundary line end point is associated with the intersection line end point based on the boundary line end point identification information, and the boundary line end point corresponding to the boundary line end point is connected to the boundary line end point A design data generation program characterized by aligning the deformed surface ridge line .
JP2004284840A 2004-09-29 2004-09-29 Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program Expired - Lifetime JP4241564B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004284840A JP4241564B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2004-09-29 Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004284840A JP4241564B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2004-09-29 Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2006099439A JP2006099439A (en) 2006-04-13
JP4241564B2 true JP4241564B2 (en) 2009-03-18

Family

ID=36239184

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2004284840A Expired - Lifetime JP4241564B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2004-09-29 Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4241564B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5954955B2 (en) * 2011-10-17 2016-07-20 本田技研工業株式会社 Shape data creation system and shape data creation method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2006099439A (en) 2006-04-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8072450B2 (en) System and method for measuring a three-dimensional object
US11423614B2 (en) Geometric correction of rough wireframe models derived from photographs
EP0640943B1 (en) Shape modeling apparatus and method
KR100967448B1 (en) Image processing system for the geospatial data by uniting the numerical value map data and picture image
JP5385921B2 (en) Reduce model size using visibility
JP5984114B2 (en) Model creation program, model creation method, and model creation device
WO2024169159A1 (en) Projection-based model surface spline generation method
KR100995107B1 (en) Image editing system improving the understanding about the photoreconnaissance
KR101496317B1 (en) Correcting method for the drawing image by modifing the ground features location in photographing image
CN112733231B (en) Road three-dimensional model generation method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
JPH08292938A (en) Finite element mesh generation method and device, and analysis method and device
JP6966674B2 (en) Road data creation method, road data creation device and program
US6920620B2 (en) Method and system for creating test component layouts
US5483626A (en) Method and apparatus for transforming graphics
JP4241564B2 (en) Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program
CN120372056B (en) A surface deviation detection method based on virtual-real superposition and multi-user collaboration
CN116342745A (en) Lane marking data editing method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2025102445A1 (en) Visual analysis method and system for motif evolution tracking
JP4241563B2 (en) Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program
CN117953096A (en) Lane alignment method and system
JP4549805B2 (en) Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program
JP4225268B2 (en) Design data generation system, design data generation method, design data generation program
JP2001092805A (en) Analysis mesh generation apparatus, method and storage medium
CN117351170B (en) A method and system for realizing regional three-dimensional model replacement
JP2003271676A (en) Multiple element batch selection program and multiple element batch selection method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20060928

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20080815

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20080819

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20081009

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20081209

A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20081222

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20120109

Year of fee payment: 3

R151 Written notification of patent or utility model registration

Ref document number: 4241564

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R151

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20120109

Year of fee payment: 3

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20130109

Year of fee payment: 4

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20130109

Year of fee payment: 4

EXPY Cancellation because of completion of term